0100 Motor Start Cat En

24519/2 Te

TeSys motor starters - open version

Levels of service

The standard defines tests at different levels of current; the purpose of these tests is to place the equipmentin extreme conditions.The standard defines 2 types of coordination, according to the condition of the components after testing:iiiii type 1iiiii type 2

Type 1 coordination

Damage to the contactor and to the overload relay is permissible, provided that:- there is no risk for the operator,- components other than the contactor and the overload relay are not damaged.

Type 2 coordination

Slight welding of the contactor or starter contacts is permissible, provided that they can be easily separated.

After type 2 coordination tests, the control and protection equipment must be able to operate.

To ensure proper type 2 coordination, the standard requires 3 fault currenttests to be performed to check that the equipment is operating correctly underoverload and short-circuit conditions.

Current “Ic” (overload I < 10 In)The thermal overload relay provides protection against this type of fault, up toa value Ic (depending on Im) defined by the manufacturer.

Standard IEC 947-4-1 specifies the 2 tests to be performed to guaranteecoordination between the thermal overload relay and the short-circuit protec-tion device:- at 0.75 Ic only the thermal overload relay must trip,- at 1.25 Ic the short-circuit protection device must operate.

After the tests at 0.75 and 1.25 Ic, the tripping characteristics of the thermaloverload relays must remain unchanged.Type 2 coordination therefore increases reliability of operation.The contactor can close automatically after the fault has been eliminated.

Current “r” (low level short-circuit 10 < I < 50 In)The main cause of this type of fault is the deterioration of insinuating materials

Standard IEC 947-4-1 defines an intermediate short-circuit current “r”. Thistest current makes it possible to check whether the protection device isproviding protection against low-level short-circuits.

After the test, the contactor and the thermal overload relay must retain theiroriginal characteristics.The circuit-breaker must trip within a time ≤ 10 ms for a fault current ≥ 15 In.

Operational current Ie Current “r”(AC-3) (A) (kA)Ie ≤ 16 116 < Ie ≤ 63 363 < Ie ≤ 125 5125 < Ie ≤ 315 10315 < Ie ≤ 630 18

Current “Iq” (short-circuit > 50 In)This type of fault is relatively rare; it can be caused by a connection error duringmaintenance work. Short-circuit protection is provided by fast operatingdevices.Standard IEC 947-4-1 defines a current “Iq” that is generally ≥ 50 kA.This current “Iq” makes it possible to check coordination performance of thevarious devices in a motor supply line.

After this test under extreme conditions, all the coordinated devices mustremain operational.

c k In1 10 50In

t

0,75 Ic 1,25 IcIc Ir Iq

1

3 6

7

4

5

2

1 Motor thermal overload relay curve2 Fuse3 Reliability of operation4 Thermal limit of the circuit-breaker (MA)5 Thermal overload relay limit6 Circuit breaker compulsory trip7 Magnetic trip (MA)

Overload zone Short-circuit zoneLow-level short-circuitzone

Type 1 and type 2coordination accordingto the standard

24519/3Te

No coordination

Considerable risks to the operator, and also of physical injury and damage to equipment.Not authorised by standards:- NF C 15-100 article 133-1,- EN 60-204-1 article 1.1/4.2,- IEC 947-4-1 article 7.2.5.

Type 1 coordination

The most frequently used solution.Equipment costs are lower.Before restarting, it may be necessary to repair the motor starter; reliability of operation is not a requirement.Consequences :i significant amount of machine downtime,i skilled maintenance personnel required to repair, check, obtain supplies.

Example: air conditioning in commercial premises,...

Type 2 coordination

This solution ensures reliability of operation

Consequencesi reduced machine downtime,i simple operation.

Example: escalators,...

Total coordination

With this solution, no damage or misadjustment is permissible

Consequencesi immediate return to service,i no special precautions required.

Example : smoke extraction, fire-fighting pumps,...

Selection

X0009_Ver2.10-EN.fm/2 Schneider Electric

a.c. supply

starting,breaking.

plugging, inching

‘

d.c. supply

inductive or slightlyinductive loads

starting,counter-currentbraking, inching

starting,counter-currentbraking, inching

a.c. supply

d.c. supply

(1) The value 6 P (in watts) is based on practical observations and is considered to represent the majority of magneticloads up to the maximum limit of P = 50 W i.e. 6 P = 300 ms = L/R.Above this, the loads are made up of smaller loads in parallel. The value 300 ms is therefore a maximum limit whateverthe value of current drawn.

Contactors

Making and breaking conditions Making and breaking conditions(normal operation) (occasional operation)

Typical Utilisation Making Breaking Making Breakingapplications category I U cos ϕ I U cos ϕ I U cos ϕ I U cos ϕ

Resistors, non AC-1 Ie 1.05 Ue 0.8 Ie 1.05 Ue 0.8 1.5 Ie 1.05 Ue 0.8 1.5 Ie 1.05 Ue 0.8inductive or slightlyinductive loads

Motors

Slip ring motors: AC-2 2 Ie 1.05 Ue 0.65 2 Ie 1.05 Ue 0.65 4 Ie 1.05 Ue 0.65 4 Ie 1.05 Ue 0.65

Squirrel cage motors: AC-3starting, breaking le ≤ 100 A 2 Ie 1.05 Ue 0.45 2 Ie 1.05 Ue 0.45 10 Ie 1.05 Ue 0.45 8 Ie 1.05 Ue 0.45whilst motor running.

Ie > 100 A 2 Ie 1.05 Ue 0.35 2 Ie 1.05 Ue 0.35 10 Ie 1.05 Ue 0.35 8 Ie 1.05 Ue 0.35

Squirrel cage or slip AC-4ring motors: starting, le ≤ 100 A 6 Ie 1.05 Ue 0.45 6 Ie 1.05Ue 0.45 12 Ie 1.05 Ue 0.35 10 Ie 1.05 Ue 0.35

Ie > 100 A 6 Ie 1.05 Ue 0.35 6 Ie 1.05 Ue 0.35 12 Ie 1.05 Ue 0.35 10 Ie 1.05 Ue 0.35

Typical Utilisation Making Breaking Making Breakingapplications category I U L/R (ms) I U L/R (ms) I U L/R (ms) I U L/R (ms)

Resistors, non DC-1 Ie Ue 1 Ie Ue 1 1.5 Ie 1.05 Ue 1 1.5 Ie 1.05 Ue 1

Shunt wound motors: DC-3 2.5 Ie 1.05 Ue 2 2.5 Ie 1.05 Ue 2 4 Ie 1.05 Ue 2.5 4 Ie 1.05 Ue 2.5

Series would motors: DC-5 2.5 Ie 1.05 Ue 7.5 2.5 Ie 1.05 Ue 7.5 4 Ie 1.05 Ue 15 4 Ie 1.05 Ue 15

Auxiliary contacts and control relays

Making and breaking conditions Making and breaking conditions(normal operation) (occasional operation)

Typical Utilisation Making Breaking Making Breakingapplications category I U cos ϕ I U cos ϕ I U cos ϕ I U cos ϕ

Electromagnets- < 72 VA AC-14 6 Ie Ue 0.3 Ie Ue 0.3 6 Ie 1.1 Ue 0.7 6 Ie 1.1 Ue 0.7 - > 72 VA AC-15 10 Ie Ue 0.3 Ie Ue 0.3 10 Ie 1.1 Ue 0.3 10 Ie 1.1 Ue 0.3

Typical Utilisation Making Breaking Making Breakingapplications category I U L/R (ms) I U L/R (ms) I U L/R (ms) I U L/R (ms)

Electromagnets DC-13 Ie Ue 6 P Ie Ue 6 P 1.1 Ie 1.1 Ue 6 P Ie 1.1 Ue 6 P(1) (1) (1) (1)

Technical informationTests according to standard utilisation categoriesconforming to IEC 947based on rated operational current Ieand rated operational voltage Ue

X0009_Ver2.10-EN.fm/3Schneider Electric

U V W

(1) Values conforming to the NEC (National Electrical Code).

These values are given as a guide. They may vary depending on the type of motor and manufacturer.

3-phase 4-pole motors, 50/60 Hz

Power 200/ 433/ 500/ in volts 208 220 230 380 400 415 440 460 525 575 660 690 750 1000

(1) (1) (1)

kW HP A A A A A A A A A A A A A A0.37 0.5 2 1.8 2 1.03 0.98 – 0.99 1 1 0.8 0.6 – – 0.4

0.55 0.75 3 2.75 2.8 1.6 1.5 – 1.36 1.4 1.21 1.1 0.9 – – 0.60.75 1 3.8 3.5 3.6 2 1.9 2 1.68 1.8 1.5 1.4 1.1 – – 0.75

1.1 1.5 5 4.4 5.2 2.6 2.5 2.5 2.37 2.6 2 2.1 1.5 – – 11.5 2 6.8 6.1 6.8 3.5 3.4 3.5 3.06 3.4 2.6 2.7 2 – – 1.3

2.2 3 9.6 8.7 9.6 5 4.8 5 4.42 4.8 3.8 3.9 2.8 – – 1.93 – 12.6 11.5 – 6.6 6.3 6.5 5.77 – 5 – 3.8 3.5 – 2.5

– 5 – – 15.2 – – – – 7.6 – 6.1 – – – 34 – 16.2 14.5 – 8.5 8.1 8.4 7.9 – 6.5 – 4.9 4.9 – 3.3

5.5 7.5 22 20 22 11.5 11 11 10.4 11 9 9 6.6 6.7 – 4.57.5 10 28.8 27 28 15.5 14.8 14 13.7 14 12 11 6.9 9 – 6

9 – 36 32 – 18.5 18.1 17 16.9 – 13.9 – 10.6 10.5 – 711 15 42 39 42 22 21 21 20.1 21 18.4 17 14 12.1 11 9

15 20 57 52 54 30 28.5 28 26.5 27 23 22 17.3 16.5 15 1218.5 25 70 64 68 37 35 35 32.8 34 28.5 27 21.9 20.2 18.5 14.5

22 30 84 75 80 44 42 40 39 40 33 32 25.4 24.2 22 1730 40 114 103 104 60 57 55 51.5 52 45 41 54.6 33 30 23

37 50 138 126 130 72 69 66 64 65 55 52 42 40 36 2845 60 162 150 154 85 81 80 76 77 65 62 49 46.8 42 33

55 75 200 182 192 105 100 100 90 96 80 77 61 58 52 4075 100 270 240 248 138 131 135 125 124 105 99 82 75.7 69 53

90 125 330 295 312 170 162 165 146 156 129 125 98 94 85 65110 150 400 356 360 205 195 200 178 180 156 144 118 113 103 78

132 – 480 425 – 245 233 240 215 – 187 – 140 135 123 90– 200 520 472 480 273 222 260 236 240 207 192 152 – 136 100

160 – 560 520 – 300 285 280 256 – 220 – 170 165 150 115– 250 – – 600 – – – – 300 – 240 200 – – 138

200 – 680 626 – 370 352 340 321 – 281 – 215 203 185 150220 300 770 700 720 408 388 385 353 360 310 288 235 224 204 160

250 350 850 800 840 460 437 425 401 420 360 336 274 253 230 200280 – – – – 528 – – – – – – – – – 220

315 – 1070 990 – 584 555 535 505 – 445 – 337 321 292 239– 450 – – 1080 – – – – 540 – 432 – – – 250

355 – – 1150 – 635 605 580 549 – 500 – 370 350 318 262– 500 – – 1200 – – – – 600 – 480 – – – 273

400 – – 1250 – 710 675 650 611 – 540 – 410 390 356 288450 600 – – 1440 – – – – 720 – 576 – – – 320

500 – – 1570 – 900 855 820 780 – 680 – 515 494 450 350560 – – 1760 – 1000 950 920 870 – 760 – 575 549 500 380

630 – – 1980 – 1100 1045 1020 965 – 850 – 645 605 550 425710 – – – – 1260 1200 1140 1075 – 960 – 725 694 630 480

800 1090 – – – 1450 – 1320 1250 – 1100 – 830 790 – 550900 1220 – – – 1610 – 1470 1390 – 1220 – 925 880 – 610

Technical informationAverage full-load currents of 3-phase squirrel cage motors

24539_Ver3.20-EN.fm/2 Schneider Electric

TeSys motor starters - open version 1

D.O.L. starters with circuit-breakerand overload protection built into the circuit-breaker

0.06 to 110 kW at 400/415 V: type 1 coordination

Standard power ratings of 3-phase Circuit-breaker Contactormotors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 Reference Setting Reference400/415 V 440 V 500 V (2) range ofP Ie Iq (1) P Ie Iq (1) P Ie Iq (1) thermal tripskW A kA kW A kA kW A kA A

0.06 0.22 50 0.06 0.19 50 – – – GV2-ME02 0.16…0.25 LC1-K06 or LC1-D090.09 0.28 50

0.09 0.36 50 0.12 0.37 50 – – – GV2-ME03 0.25…0.40 LC1-K06 or LC1-D090.12 0.42 50 – – – – – –0.18 0.6 50 0.18 0.55 50 – – – GV2-ME04 0.40…0.63 LC1-K06 or LC1-D090.25 0.88 50 0.25 0.76 50 – – –0.37 0.98 50 0.37 0.99 50 – – – GV2-ME05 0.63…1 LC1-K06 or LC1-D09– – – – – – 0.37 1 500.55 1.5 50 0.55 1.36 50 0.55 1.21 50 GV2-ME06 1…1.6 LC1-K06 or LC1-D09

– – – – – – 0.75 1.5 50 GV2-ME06 1…1.6 LC1-K06 or LC1-D090.75 2 50 0.75 1.68 50 – – –– – – 1.1 2.37 50 1.1 2 50 GV2-ME07 1.6….2.5 LC1-K06 or LC1-D091.1 2.5 50 – – – 1.5 2.6 501.5 3.5 50 1.5 3.06 50 2.2 3.8 50 GV2-ME08 2.5…4 LC1-K06 or LC1-D092.2 5 50 2.2 4.42 50 – – –– – – 3 5.77 50 3 5 50 GV2-ME10 4…6.3 LC1-K06 or LC1-D093 6.5 50 – – – 4 6.5 104 8.4 50 4 7.9 15 5.5 9 10 GV2-ME14 6…10 LC1-K09 or LC1-D09

5.5 11 15 5.5 10.4 8 7.5 12 6 GV2-ME16 9…14 LC1-K12 or LC1-D127.5 14.8 15 7.5 13.7 8 9 13.9 6– – – 9 16.9 8 – – – GV2-ME20 13…18 LC1-D18

9 18.1 15 11 20.1 6 11 18.4 4 GV2-ME21 17…23 LC1-D25

11 21 15 – – – 15 23 4 GV2-ME22 20…25 LC1-D25

15 28.5 10 15 26.5 6 18.5 28.5 4 GV2-ME32 24…32 LC1-D32

18.5 35 35 18.5 32.8 25 18.5 28.5 8 GV3-ME40 25…40 LC1-D38

– – – 22 39 25 22 33 8 GV3-ME40 25…40 LC1-D40

22 42 35 – – – 30 45 8 GV3-ME63 40…63 LC1-D50

30 57 35 30 51.5 25 37 55 8 GV3-ME63 40…63 LC1-D65

– – – 37 64 10 45 65 4 GV3-ME80 56…80 LC1-D65

– – – 37 64 25 45 65 18 GV7-RE80 48…80 LC1-D65

37 69 15 45 76 10 55 80 4 GV3-ME80 56…80 LC1-D80

37 69 25 45 76 25 55 80 18 GV7-RE80 48…80 LC1-D80

45 81 25 – – – – – – GV7-RE100 60…100 LC1-D95

– – – 50 90 25 – – – GV7-RE100 60…100 LC1-D115

55 100 25 – – – 75 105 30 GV7-RE150 90…150 LC1-D115

75 135 35 75 125 35 90 129 30 GV7-RE150 90…150 LC1-D150

– – – 90 146 35 – – – GV7-RE150 90…150 LC1-F185

90 165 35 – – – 110 156 30 GV7-RE220 132…220 LC1-F185– – – – – – 132 187 30– – – 110 178 35 160 220 30 GV7-RE220 132…220 LC1-F265

110 200 35 132 215 35 – – – GV7-RE220 132…220 LC1-F225(1) The breaking performance of circuit-breakers GV2-ME can be increased by adding a current limiter GV1-L3, see page 24509/5.(2) For reversing operation, replace the reference prefix LC1 by LC2.

Combinations for assembly by the customer

24539_Ver3.20-EN.fm/3Schneider Electric


D.O.L. starters with circuit-breakerand overload protection built into the circuit-breaker


Standard power ratings of 3-phase Circuit-breaker Contactormotors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 Reference Setting Reference400/415 V 440 V 500 V (2) range of (3)P Ie Iq (1) P Ie Iq (1) P Ie Iq (1) thermal tripskW A kA kW A kA kW A kA A

0.06 0.22 130 0.06 0.19 130 – – – GV2-P02 or GV2-ME02 0.16…0.25 LC1-D09– – – 0.09 0.28 130 – – –0.09 0.36 130 0.12 0.37 130 – – – GV2-P03 or GV2-ME03 0.25…0.4 LC1-D090.12 0.42 130 – – – – – –0.18 0.6 130 0.18 0.55 130 – – – GV2-P04 or GV2-ME04 0.4…0.63 LC1-D090.25 0.88 130 0.25 0.76 130 – – –0.37 0.98 130 0.37 0.99 130 – – – GV2-P05 or GV2-ME05 0.63…1 LC1-D09– – – – – – 0.37 1 1300.55 1.5 130 0.55 1.36 130 0.55 1.21 130 GV2-P06 or GV2-ME06 1…1.6 LC1-D09

– – – – – – 0.75 1.5 130 GV2-P06 or GV2-ME06 1…1.6 LC1-D090.75 2 130 0.75 1.68 130 – – –– – – 1.1 2.37 130 1.1 2 130 GV2-P07 or GV2-ME07 1.6…2.5 LC1-D091.1 2.5 130 – – – 1.5 2.6 1301.5 3.5 130 1.5 3.06 130 2.2 3.8 130 GV2-P08 or GV2-ME08 2.5…4 LC1-D09– – – – – – – – –2.2 5 130 – – – – – – GV2-P10 or GV2-ME10 4…6.3 LC1-D09– – – 2.2 4.42 50 – – –– – – 3 5.77 50 3 5 50 GV2-ME10 4…6.3 LC1-D09– – – 2.2 4.42 130 – – –– – – 3 5.77 130 3 5 130 GV2-P10 4…6.3 LC1-D093 6.5 130 – – – – – –4 8.4 130 – – – – – – GV2-P14 or GV2-ME14 6…10 LC1-D09– – – 4 7.9 15 4 6.5 10– – – – – – 5.5 9 10 GV2-ME14 6…10 LC1-D09– – – – – – 4 6.5 50– – – 4 7.9 130 5.5 9 50 GV2-P14 6…10 LC1-D125.5 11 130 5.5 10.4 50 7.5 12 42– – – 7.5 13.7 50 9 13.9 42 GV2-P16 or GV2-ME16 9…14 LC1-D25

7.5 14.8 50 9 16.9 20 – – – GV2-P20 or GV2-ME20 13…18 LC1-D259 18.1 50 11 20.1 20 11 18.4 10 GV2-P21 or GV2-ME21 17…23 LC1-D25

11 21 50 – – – – – – GV2-P22 or GV2-ME22 20…25 LC1-D25– – – – – – 15 23 10 GV2-P22 20…25 LC1-D32

15 28.5 35 15 26.5 25 18.5 28.5 10 GV2-P32 or GV2-ME32 25…40 LC1-D3215 28.5 70 15 26.5 65 18.5 28.5 50 GV7-RS40 25…40 LC1-D4018.5 35 70 18.5 32.8 65 22 33 50 GV7-RS40 25…40 LC1-D40– – – 22 39 65 – – – GV7-RS40 25…40 LC1-D80

– – – – – – 30 45 50 GV7-RS50 30…50 LC1-D80– – – – – – 37 55 50 GV7-RS80 48…80 LC1-D80

22 42 70 – – – – – – GV7-RS50 30…50 LC1-D8030 57 70 30 51.5 65 – – – GV7-RS80 48…80 LC1-D80

37 69 70 37 64 65 – – – GV7-RS80 48…80 LC1-D80

– – – 45 76 65 – – – GV7-RS80 48…80 LC1-D80

– – – – – – 45 65 50 GV7-RS80 48…80 LC1-D115

– – – – – – 55 80 50 GV7-RS80 48…80 LC1-D11545 81 70 – – – – – –– – – 55 90 65 – – – GV7-RS100 60…100 LC1-D11555 100 70 75 125 65 – – –75 135 70 90 146 65 90 129 50 GV7-RS150 90…150 LC1-D150

90 165 70 110 178 65 110 156 50 GV7-RS220 132…220 LC1-F185

110 200 70 132 215 65 – – – GV7-RS220 132…220 LC1-F225– – – – – – 132 187 50– – – – – – 160 220 50 GV7-RS220 132…220 LC1-F265(1) The breaking performance of circuit-breakers GV2-P can be increased by adding a current limiter GV1-L3, see page 24509/5.(2) Combinations with circuit-breaker GV2-ME are type 2 coordinated only at 400/415 V and 440 V.(3) For reversing operation, replace the reference prefix LC1 by LC2.




D.O.L. starters with circuit-breakerand overload protection by separate thermal overload relay

(1) Irm: magnetic trip setting current.(2) For reversing operation, replace the reference prefix LC1 by LC2.(3) Products marketed under the Merlin Gerin brand. Reference to be completed by replacing the () with the breaking performance code


Standard power ratings of 3-phase Circuit-breaker Contactor Thermal overload relaymotors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 Reference Rat- Irm Reference Reference Setting400/415 V 440 V 500 V ing (1) (2) rangeP Ie Iq P Ie Iq P Ie IqkW A kA kW A kA kW A kA A A A0.06 0.22 50 0.06 0.19 50 – – – GV2-LE03 0.4 5 LC1-K06 LR2-K0302 0.16…0.23– – – 0.09 0.28 50 – – – GV2-LE03 0.4 5 LC1-K06 LR2-K0303 0.23…0.360.09 0.36 50 0.12 0.37 50 – – – GV2-LE03 0.4 5 LC1-K06 LR2-K0304 0.36…0.540.12 0.42 50 – – – GV2-LE04 0.63 8 LC1-K06 LR2-K0304 0.36…0.540.18 0.6 50 0.18 0.55 50 – – – GV2-LE04 0.63 8 LC1-K06 LR2-K0305 0.54…0.8– – – 0.25 0.76 50 – – – GV2-LE05 1 13 LC1-K06 LR2-K0305 0.54…0.80.25 0.88 50 – – – – – –0.37 1 50 0.37 1 50 0.37 1 50 GV2-LE05 1 13 LC1-K06 LR2-K0306 0.8…1.20.55 1.5 50 0.55 1.36 50 0.55 1.21 50– – – – – – 0.75 1.5 50 GV2-LE06 1.6 22.5 LC1-K06 LR2-K0307 1.2…1.8– – – 0.75 1.68 50 – – – GV2-LE07 2.5 33.5 LC1-K06 LR2-K0307 1.2…1.80.75 2 50 – – – – – –1.1 2.5 50 1.1 2.37 50 1.1 2 50 GV2-LE07 2.5 33.5 LC1-K06 LR2-K0308 1.8…2.61.5 3.5 50 1.5 3.06 50 1.5 2.6 50 GV2-LE08 4 51 LC1-K06 LR2-K0310 2.6…3.7– – – – – – 2.2 3.8 50 GV2-LE08 4 51 LC1-K06 LR2-K0312 3.7…5.52.2 5 50 2.2 4.4 50 3 5 50 GV2-LE10 6.3 78 LC1-K06 LR2-K0312 3.7…5.5– – – 3 5.77 50 – – – GV2-LE10 6.3 78 LC1-K06 LR2-K0314 5.5…8– – – 4 7.9 15 – – – GV2-LE14 10 138 LC1-K09 LR2-K0314 5.5…83 6.5 50 – – – 4 6.5 10 GV2-LE14 10 138 LC1-K09 LR2-K0314 5.5…84 8.4 50 – – – – – – GV2-LE14 10 138 LC1-K09 LR2-K0316 8…11.55.5 11 15 5.5 10.4 8 7.5 12 6 GV2-LE16 14 170 LC1-K12 LR2-K0321 10…14

7.5 13.7 8 9 13.9 6 GV2-LE16 14 170 LC1-D18 LRD-21 12…187.5 14.8 15 9 16.9 8 – – – GV2-LE20 18 223 LC1-D18 LRD-21 12…189 18.1 15 – – – 11 18.4 4 GV2-LE22 25 327 LC1-D25 LRD-22 16…2411 21 15 11 20.1 6 15 23 4 GV2-LE22 25 327 LC1-D25 LRD-22 16…2415 28.5 10 15 26.5 6 18.5 26.5 4 GV2-LE32 32 416 LC1-D32 LRD-32 23…3218.5 35 70 18.5 32.5 65 – – – NS80HMA 50 500 LC1-D38 LRD-35 30…38– – – – – – 22 33 25 NS80HMA 50 450 LC1-D40 LRD-3355 30…40– – – 22 39 65 – – – NS80HMA 50 650 LC1-D40 LRD-3357 37…5022 42 70 – – – 30 40 25 NS80HMA 50 650 LC1-D50 LRD-3357 37…5030 57 70 30 51.5 65 – – – NS80HMA 50 880 LC1-D65 LRD-3359 48…65– – – 37 64 65 37 55 25 NS80HMA 80 960 LC1-D65 LRD-3359 48…65– – – – – – 45 65 25 NS80HMA 80 960 LC1-D80 LRD-3361 55…7037 69 70 45 76 65 55 80 25 NS80HMA 80 1040 LC1-D80 LRD-3363 63…8045 81 (3) – – – – – – NS100MA (3) 100 1300 LC1-D95 LRD-3365 80…104– – – – – – 50 90 (3) NS100MA (3) 100 1200 LC1-D115 LRD-4365 80…104– – – – – – 75 105 (3) NS160MA (3) 150 1500 LC1-D115 LRD-4367 95…12055 100 (3) – – – – – – NS160MA (3) 150 1350 LC1-D115 LRD-4367 95…12075 135 (3) 75 125 (3) 90 129 (3) NS160MA (3) 150 1800 LC1-D150 LRD-4369 110…140– – – 90 146 (3) – – – NS160MA (3) 150 1950 LC1-F185 LR9-F5371 132…22090 165 (3) – – – 110 156 (3) NS250MA (3) 220 2200 LC1-F185 LR9-F5371 132…220110 200 (3) – – – – – – NS250MA (3) 220 2640 LC1-F225 LR9-F5371 132…220– – – 110 178 (3) – – – NS250MA (3) 220 2420 LC1-F225 LR9-F5371 132…220– – – – – – 132 187 (3) NS250MA (3) 220 2640 LC1-F265 LR9-F5371 132…220– – – 132 215 (3) – – – NS250MA (3) 220 2860 LC1-F265 LR9-F5371 132…220132 240 (3) – – – – – – NS400MA (3) 320 3200 LC1-F265 LR9-F7375 200…330– – – – – – 160 220 (3) NS400MA (3) 320 2860 LC1-F265 LR9-F7375 200…330– – – 160 256 (3) – – – NS400MA (3) 320 3520 LC1-F330 LR9-F7375 200…330160 285 (3) 200 321 (3) – – – NS400MA (3) 320 4160 LC1-F330 LR9-F7375 200…330– – – – – – 200 281 (3) NS400MA (3) 320 3840 LC1-F330 LR9-F7375 200…330– – – – – – 220 310 (3) NS400MA (3) 320 4160 LC1-F400 LR9-F7379 300…500200 352 (3) 220 353 (3) – – – NS630MA (3) 500 5000 LC1-F400 LR9-F7379 300…500– – – 250 401 (3) – – – NS630MA (3) 500 5550 LC1-F400 LR9-F7379 300…500– – – – – – 250 360 (3) NS630MA (3) 500 5000 LC1-F400 LR9-F7379 300…500220 388 (3) – – – – – – NS630MA (3) 500 5500 LC1-F400 LR9-F7379 300…500250 437 (3) 280 470 (3) 315 445 (3) NS630MA (3) 500 6000 LC1-F500 LR9-F7379 300…500– – – – – – 355 500 (3) NS630MA (3) 500 6500 LC1-F500 LR9-F7381 380…630

Breaking performance Iq (kA) NS100MA NS160MA and NS250MA NS400MA and NS630MA400/415 V 25 70 36 70 70 130440 V 25 65 35 65 65 130500 V 18 50 30 50 50 70660/690 V 8 10 8 10 20 35Code N H N H H L




D.O.L. starters with circuit-breakerand overload protection by separate thermal overload relay

(1) Irm: magnetic trip setting current.(2) For reversing operation, replace the reference prefix LC1 by LC2.(3) Products marketed under the Merlin Gerin brand. Reference to be completed by replacing the () with the breaking performance code: see page opposite.


Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 Circuit-breaker Contactor Thermal overload relay400/415 V 440 V 500 V Reference Rating Irm Reference Reference SettingP Ie Iq P Ie Iq P Ie Iq (1) (2) rangekW A kA kW A kA kW A kA A A A0.06 0.22 130 0.06 0.19 130 – – – GV2-L03 or LE03 0.4 5 LC1-D09 LRD-02 0.16…0.250.09 0.36 130 0.09 0.28 130 – – –– – – 0.12 0.37 130 – – – GV2-L03 or LE03 0.4 5 LC1-D09 LRD-03 0.25…0.400.12 0.42 130 0.12 0.37 130 – – –0.18 0.6 130 0.18 0.55 130 – – – GV2-L04 or LE04 0.63 8 LC1-D09 LRD-04 0.4…0.630.25 0.88 130 0.25 0.76 130 – – –0.37 0.98 130 0.37 0.99 130 – – – GV2-L05 or LE05 1 13 LC1-D09 LRD-05 0.63…1– – – 0.37 0.99 130 0.37 1 130 GV2-L05 or LE05 1 13 LC1-D09 LRD-06 1…1.70.55 1.6 130 – – – 0.55 1.21 130– – – 0.55 1.36 130 0.75 1.5 130 GV2-L06 or LE06 1.6 22.5 LC1-D09 LRD-06 1…1.70.75 2 130 0.75 1.68 130 1.1 2 130 GV2-L07 or LE07 2.5 33.5 LC1-D09 LRD-07 1.6…2.51.1 2.5 130 1.1 2.37 130 1.5 2.6 1301.5 3.5 130 – – – 2.2 3.8 130 GV2-L08 or LE08 4 51 LC1-D09 LRD-08 2.5…4– – – 1.5 3.06 130 – – – GV2-L08 or LE08 4 51 LC1-D09 LRD-10 4…62.2 5 130 – – – – – –– – – – – – 3 5 13 GV2-L10 or LE10 6.3 78 LC1-D09 LRD-10 4…6– – – 2.2 4.42 50 – – –– – – 3 5.77 50 3 5 50 GV2-LE10 6.3 78 LC1-D09 LRD-10 4…6– – – 2.2 4.42 130 – – –– – – 3 5.77 130 3 5 130 GV2-L10 6.3 78 LC1-D09 LRD-10 4…63 6.5 130 – – – – – – GV2-L14 or LE14 10 138 LC1-D09 LRD-12 5.5…8– – – – – – 4 6.5 10 GV2-LE14 10 138 LC1-D12 LRD-12 5.5…8– – – – – – 4 6.5 50 GV2-L14 10 138 LC1-D12 LRD-12 5.5…84 8.4 130 – – – – – – GV2-L14 or LE14 10 138 LC1-D09 LRD-14 7…10– – – 4 7.9 15 – – – GV2-LE14 10 138 LC1-D09 LRD-14 7…10– – – 4 7.9 130 – – – GV2-L14 10 138 LC1-D09 LRD-14 7…10– – – – – – 5.5 9 10 GV2-LE14 10 138 LC1-D09 LRD-14 7…10– – – – – – 5.5 9 50 GV2-L14 10 138 LC1-D09 LRD-14 7…105.5 11 130 5.5 10.4 50 7.5 12 42 GV2-L16 14 170 LC1-D25 LRD-16 9…13– – – 7.5 13.7 50 – – – GV2-L16 14 170 LC1-D25 LRD-21 12…187.5 14.8 50 9 16.9 20 9 13.9 42 GV2-L20 18 223 LC1-D25 LRD-21 12…189 18.1 50 – – – – – –11 21 50 11 20.1 20 – – – GV2-L22 25 327 LC1-D25 LRD-22 16…24– – – – – – 11 18.4 10– – – – – – 15 23 10 GV2-L22 25 327 LC1-D32 LRD-22 16…2415 28.5 50 15 26.5 20 18.5 28.5 10 GV2-L32 32 416 LC1-D40 LRD-3353 23…32– – – – – – 22 33 25 NS80HMA 50 450 LC1-D40 LRD-3353 23…3218.5 35 70 18.5 32.5 65 – – – NS80HMA 50 550 LC1-D40 LRD-3355 30…4022 42 70 22 39 65 30 45 25 NS80HMA 50 650 LC1-D50 LRD-3357 37…50– – – 30 51.5 65 – – –30 57 70 37 64 65 37 55 25 NS80HMA 80 880 LC1-D65 LRD-3359 48…65– – – – – – 37 55 (3) NS100MA (3) 100 880 LC1-D80 LRD-3359 48…65– – – – – – 45 65 (3) NS100MA (3) 100 960 LC1-D80 LRD-3361 55…7037 69 70 45 76 65 – – – NS80HMA 80 1000 LC1-D80 LRD-3363 63…80– – – – – – 55 80 (3) NS100MA (3) 100 1040 LC1-D80 LRD-3363 63…8045 81 (3) 55 90 (3) – – – NS100MA (3) 100 1300 LC1-D115 LR9-D5367 60…10055 100 (3) – – – – – – NS160MA (3) 150 1500 LC1-D115 LR9-D5369 90…150– – – – – – 75 105 (3) NS160MA (3) 150 1050 LC1-D115 LR9-D5369 90…15075 135 (3) 75 125 (3) – – – NS160MA (3) 150 1950 LC1-D150 LR9-D5369 90…150– – – 90 146 (3) – – – NS160MA (3) 150 1950 LC1-D150 LR9-D5369 90…150– – – – – – 90 129 (3) NS160MA (3) 150 1200 LC1-D150 LR9-D5369 90…15090 165 (3) 110 178 (3) – – – NS250MA (3) 220 2420 LC1-F185 LR9-F5371 132…220– – – – – – 110 156 (3) NS250MA (3) 220 1540 LC1-F185 LR9-F5371 132…220110 200 (3) – – – – – – NS250MA (3) 220 2860 LC1-F225 LR9-F5371 132…220– – – 132 215 (3) 132 187 (3) NS250MA (3) 220 2200 LC1-F265 LR9-F5371 132…220132 240 (3) 160 256 (3) – – – NS400MA (3) 320 3520 LC1-F265 LR9-F7375 200…330– – – – – – 160 220 (3) NS400MA (3) 320 2200 LC1-F265 LR9-F7375 200…330160 285 (3) – – – – – – NS400MA (3) 320 4000 LC1-F330 LR9-F7375 200…330– – – 200 321 (3) – – – NS400MA (3) 320 4000 LC1-F330 LR9-F7379 300…500– – – – – – 200 281 (3) NS400MA (3) 320 3500 LC1-F400 LR9-F7375 200…330– – – – – – 220 310 (3) NS400MA (3) 320 3500 LC1-F400 LR9-F7379 300…500– – – 220 353 (3) – – –200 352 (3) 250 401 (3) – – – NS630MA (3) 500 5500 LC1-F400 LR9-F7379 300…500– – – – – – 250 360 (3)– – – – – – 315 445 (3) NS630MA (3) 500 4500 LC1-F500 LR9-F7379 300…500220 388 (3) – – – – – –250 437 (3) – – – – – – NS630MA (3) 500 6250 LC1-F500 LR9-F7379 300…500– – – – – – 355 500 (3) NS630MA (3) 500 5000 LC1-F630 LR9-F7381 380…630




D.O.L. starters with fuse protection (NF C or DIN fuses)

(1) For breaking under load, add a rotary switch disconnector.(2) For reversing operation, replace the reference prefix LC1 by LC2.(3) 400 V maximum.


Standard power ratings of 3-phase Fuse carrier (1) aM fuses Contactor Thermal overload relaymotors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 (basic block) Size Rating Reference400/415 V 440 V 500 V Reference (2) Reference SettingP Ie P Ie P Ie rangekW A kW A kW A A A

0.06 0.22 0.06 0.19 – – LS1-D32 10 x 38 2 LC1-K06 LR2-K0302 0.16…0.23

– – 0.09 0.28 – – LS1-D32 10 x 38 2 LC1-K06 LR2-K0303 0.23…0.360.09 0.36 – – – –0.12 0.42 0.12 0.37 – – LS1-D32 10 x 38 2 LC1-K06 LR2-K0304 0.36…0.540.18 0.6 0.18 0.55 – –– – 0.25 0.76 – – LS1-D32 10 x 38 2 LC1-K06 LR2-K0305 0.54…0.80.25 0.88 – – – –0.37 1 0.37 1 0.37 1 LS1-D32 10 x 38 2 LC1-K06 LR2-K0306 0.8…1.20.55 1.5 0.55 1.36 0.55 1.21– – 0.75 1.68 0.75 1.5 LS1-D32 10 x 38 2 LC1-K06 LR2-K0307 1.2…1.80.75 2 – – 1.1 21.1 2.5 1.1 2.37 1.5 2.6 LS1-D32 10 x 38 4 LC1-K06 LR2-K0308 1.8…2.6

1.5 3.5 1.5 3.06 – – LS1-D32 10 x 38 4 LC1-K06 LR2-K0310 2.6…3.72.2 5 – – 2.2 3.8– – – – 3 5 LS1-D32 10 x 38 6 LC1-K06 LR2-K0312 3.7…5.5

– – 2.2 4.42 – – LS1-D32 10 x 38 8 LC1-K06 LR2-K0312 3.7…5.5

3 6.5 3 5.77 4 6.5 LS1-D32 10 x 38 8 LC1-K09 LR2-K0314 5.5…8

4 8.4 4 7.9 5.5 9 LS1-D32 10 x 38 12 LC1-K09 LR2-K0316 8…11.5

5.5 11 5.5 10.4 7.5 12 LS1-D32 10 x 38 16 LC1-K12 LR2-K0321 10…14

7.5 14.8 7.5 13.7 9 13.9 LS1-D32 10 x 38 16 LC1-D18 LRD-21 12…18

– – 9 16.9 – – LS1-D32 10 x 38 20 LC1-D25 LRD-21 12…189 18.1 – – 11 18.411 21 11 20.1 15 23 GK1-EK 14 x 51 25 LC1-D25 LRD-22 16…24

15 28.5 15 26.5 18.5 28.5 GK1-EK 14 x 51 32 LC1-D32 LRD-32 23…32

18.5 35 18.5 32.8 22 33 GK1-EK 14 x 51 40 LC1-D40 LRD-3355 30…40

22 42 22 39 30 45 GK1-FK 22 x 58 50 LC1-D50 LRD-3357 37…50

– – 30 51.5 – – GK1-FK 22 x 58 80 LC1-D50 LRD-3359 48…65

– – – – 37 55 GK1-FK 22 x 58 80 LC1-D65 LRD-3359 48…65

30 57 37 64 – – GK1-FK 22 x 58 80 LC1-D65 LRD-3361 55…70

– – – – 45 65 GK1-FK 22 x 58 80 LC1-D80 LRD-3361 55…70

37 (3) 69 45 76 – – GK1-FK 22 x 58 100 LC1-D80 LRD-3363 63…80

45 81 – – 55 80 GK1-FK 22 x 58 100 LC1-D95 LRD-3365 80…93

– – 55 90 – – GK1-FK 22 x 58 125 LC1-D115 LRD-4365 80…104

55 100 – – 75 105 GK1-FK 22 x 58 125 LC1-D115 LRD-4367 95…120




D.O.L. starters with fuse protection (NF C or DIN fuses)

(1) For reversing operation, replace the reference prefix LC1 by LC2.


Standard power ratings of 3-phase Switch-disconnector- aM fuses Contactor Thermal overload relaymotors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 fuse Size Rating Reference400/415 V 440 V 500 V (1) Reference SettingP Ie P Ie P Ie Reference rangekW A kW A kW A A A

0.06 0.22 0.06 0.19 – – GS1-DD 10 x 38 2 LC1-D09 LRD-02 0.16…0.25– – 0.09 0.28 – – GS1-DD 10 x 38 2 LC1-D09 LRD-03 0.25…0.40.09 0.36 – – – –0.12 0.42 0.12 0.37 – – GS1-DD 10 x 38 2 LC1-D09 LRD-04 0.4…0.630.18 0.6 0.18 0.55 – –– – 0.25 0.76 – – GS1-DD 10 x 38 2 LC1-D09 LRD-05 0.63…10.25 0.88 – – 0.37 10.37 1 0.37 1 0.55 1.210.55 1.5 0.55 1.36 0.75 1.5 GS1-DD 10 x 38 2 LC1-D09 LRD-06 1…1.70.75 2 0.75 1.68 – –– – 1.1 2.37 1.1 2 GS1-DD 10 x 38 4 LC1-D09 LRD-07 1.6…2.51.1 2.5 – – 1.5 2.61.5 3.5 1.5 3.06 2.2 3.8 GS1-DD 10 x 38 4 LC1-D09 LRD-08 2.5…42.2 5 2.2 4.42 3 5 GS1-DD 10 x 38 6 LC1-D09 LRD-10 4…63 6.5 3 5.77 4 6.5 GS1-DD 10 x 38 8 LC1-D09 LRD-12 5.5…84 8.4 4 7.9 5.5 9 GS1-DD 10 x 38 10 LC1-D09 LRD-14 7…105.5 11 5.5 10.4 7.5 12 GS1-DD 10 x 38 16 LC1-D12 LRD-16 9…137.5 14.8 7.5 13.7 9 13.9 GS1-DD 10 x 38 16 LC1-D18 LRD-21 12…18– – 9 16.9 – – GS1-F 14 x 51 20 LC1-D25 LRD-21 12…189 18.1 11 20.1 11 18.411 21 – – 15 23 GS1-F 14 x 51 25 LC1-D25 LRD-22 16…2415 28.5 15 26.5 18.5 28.5 GS1-F 14 x 51 32 LC1-D32 LRD-32 23…3218.5 35 18.5 32.8 22 33 GS1-F 14 x 51 40 LC1-D40 LRD-3355 30…40

22 42 22 39 30 45 GS1-J 22 x 58 50 LC1-D50 LRD-3357 37…50– – 30 51.5 – – GS1-J 22 x 58 80 LC1-D50 LRD-3359 48…65– – – – 37 55 GS1-J 22 x 58 80 LC1-D65 LRD-3359 48…6530 57 37 64 – – GS1-J 22 x 58 80 LC1-D65 LRD-3361 55…70– – – – 45 65 GS1-J 22 x 58 80 LC1-D95 LRD-3361 55…7037 69 45 76 – – GS1-J 22 x 58 100 LC1-D80 LRD-3363 63…80– – – – 55 80 GS1-J 22 x 58 100 LC1-D115 LR9-D5367 60…10045 81 – – – – GS1-J 22 x 58 100 LC1-D95 LRD-3365 80…93

55 100 55 90 75 105 GS1-L 22 x 58 125 LC1-D150 LR9-D5369 90…150

75 135 75 125 90 129 GS1-L T0 160 LC1-D150 LR9-D5369 90…150

90 165 90 146 110 156 GS1-N T0 200 LC1-F185 LR9-F5371 132…220110 200 110 178 132 187 GS1-N T1 250 LC1-F225 LR9-F5371 132…220

132 240 132 215 160 220 GS1-QQ T2 315 LC1-F265 LR9-F7375 200…330– – 160 256 – – GS1-QQ T2 315 LC1-F330 LR9-F7375 200…330160 285 200 321 200 281 GS1-QQ T2 400 LC1-F330 LR9-F7375 200…330– – – – 220 310 GS1-QQ T2 400 LC1-F400 LR9-F7375 200…330200 352 – – – –220 388 220 353 250 360 GS1-S T3 500 LC1-F400 LR9-F7379 300…500

250 437 250 401 – – GS1-S T3 500 LC1-F500 LR9-F7379 300…500– – – – 315 445– – – – 355 500 GS1-S T3 630 LC1-F500 LR9-F7381 380…630315 555 315 505 – – GS1-S T3 630 LC1-F630 LR9-F7381 380…630

– – 355 549 – –– – 400 611 400 540 GS1-V T4 800 LC1-F630 LR9-F7381 380…630




Star-delta starters with circuit-breakerand overload protection built into the circuit-breaker

Maximum operating rate: LC3-K: 12 starts/hour; LC3-D: 30 starts/hour.Maximum starting time: 30 seconds.

(1) IrD: current in the motor windings in delta connection.(2) The breaking performance of motor circuit breakers GV2-ME can be increased by adding a current limiter, GV1-L3, see page 24509/5.


Standard power ratings of 3-phase Circuit-breaker Star-deltamotors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 Reference Setting range contactors400/415 V 440 V of ReferenceP Ie IrD (1) Iq (2) P Ie IrD (1) Iq (2) thermal tripskW A A kA kW A A kA A

1.5 3.5 2 50 1.5 3.06 1.8 50 GV2-ME08 2.5…4 LC3-K062.2 5 2.9 50 2.2 4.42 2.6 50– – – – 3 5.77 3.3 50 GV2-ME10 4…6.3 LC3-K063 6.5 3.8 50 – – – –4 8.4 4.9 50 4 7.9 4.6 15 GV2-ME14 6…10 LC3-K06

5.5 11 6.4 15 5.5 10.4 6 8 GV2-ME16 9…14 LC3-K06

7.5 14.8 8.6 15 7.5 13.7 7.9 8 GV2-ME20 13…18 LC3-K09

– – – – 9 16.9 9.8 8 GV2-ME20 13…18 LC3-D12A

9 18.1 10 15 11 20.1 12 6 GV2-ME21 17…23 LC3-D12A

11 21 12 15 – – – – GV2-ME22 20…25 LC3-D12A

15 28.5 17 10 15 26.5 15 6 GV2-ME32 24…32 LC3-D18A

18.5 35 20 35 18.5 32.8 19 25 GV3-ME40 25…40 LC3-D18A

– – – – 22 39 23 25 GV3-ME40 25…40 LC3-D18A

22 42 24 35 30 51.5 30 10 GV3-ME63 40…63 LC3-D32A

– – – – 30 51.5 30 25 GV7-RE80 48…80 LC3-D32A

30 57 33 35 – – – – GV3-ME63 40…63 LC3-D32A

30 57 33 25 – – – – GV7-RE80 48…80 LC3-D32A

37 69 40 15 37 64 37 10 GV3-ME80 56…80 LC3-D40

37 69 40 25 37 64 37 25 GV7-RE80 48…80 LC3-D40

– – – – 45 76 44 10 GV3-ME80 56…80 LC3-D50

– – – – 45 76 44 25 GV7-RE80 48…80 LC3-D5045 81 47 25 – – – –55 100 58 25 55 90 52 25 GV7-RE100 60…100 LC3-D50

75 135 78 35 75 125 72 35 GV7-RE150 90…150 LC3-D80

– – – – 90 146 84 35 GV7-RE150 90…150 LC3-D11590 165 95 35110 200 115 35 110 178 103 35 GV7-RE220 132…220 LC3-D115

– – – – 132 215 124 35 GV7-RE220 132…220 LC3-D150




Star-delta starters with circuit-breakerand overload protection built into the circuit-breaker

Maximum operating rate: LC1-D: 30 starts/hour; LC1-F: 12 starts/hour.Maximum starting time: LC1-D: 30 seconds; LC1-F: 20 seconds.

(1) The breaking performance of motor circuit breakers GV2-P can be increased by adding a current limiter GV1-L3, see page 24509/5.


Standard power ratings of 3-phase Circuit-breaker Star-deltamotors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 Reference Setting range contactors400/415 V 440 V of ReferenceP Ie Iq P Ie Iq (1) thermal tripskW A kA kW A kA A

1.5 3.5 130 1.5 3.06 130 GV2-P08 2.5…4 3 x LC1-D09

2.2 5 130 2.2 4.42 130 GV2-P10 4…6.3 3 x LC1-D18

– – – 3 5.77 130 GV2-P10 4...6.3 3 x LC1-D18

3 6.5 130 – – – GV2-P14 6…10 3 x LC1-D18

4 8.4 130 4 7.9 130 GV2-P14 6…10 3 x LC1-D18

5.5 11 130 5.5 10.4 50 GV2-P16 9…14 3 x LC1-D25

– – – 7.5 13.7 50 GV2-P16 9…14 3 x LC1-D25

7.5 14.8 50 9 16.9 20 GV2-P20 13…18 3 x LC1-D25

9 18.1 50 11 20.1 20 GV2-P21 17…23 3 x LC1-D25

11 21 50 – – – GV2-P22 20…25 3 x LC1-D25

15 28.5 70 15 26.5 65 GV7-RS40 25…40 3 x LC1-D80

18.5 35 70 18.5 32.8 65 GV7-RS40 25…40 3 x LC1-D80

– – – 22 39 65 GV7-RS40 25…40 3 x LC1-D80

22 42 70 – – – GV7-RS50 30…50 3 x LC1-D80

30 57 70 30 51.5 65 GV7-RS80 48…80 3 x LC1-D80

37 69 70 37 64 65 GV7-RS80 48…80 3 x LC1-D80

– – – 45 76 65 GV7-RS80 48…80 3 x LC1-D80

45 81 70 – – – GV7-RS100 60…100 3 x LC1-D115

55 100 70 55 90 65 GV7-RS100 60…100 3 x LC1-D115

75 135 70 75 125 65 GV7-RS150 90…150 3 x LC1-D150

– – – 90 146 65 GV7-RS150 90…150 3 x LC1-D150

90 165 70 110 178 65 GV7-RS220 132…220 3 x LC1-F185

110 200 70 132 215 65 GV7-RS220 132…220 3 x LC1-F225




Star-delta starters with circuit-breakerand overload protection by separate thermal overload relay

Maximum operating rate: LC3-K and LC3-F: 12 starts/hour; LC3-D: 30 starts/hour.Maximum starting time: LC3-K and LC3-D: 30 seconds; LC3-F: 20 seconds.

(1) IrD: current in the motor windings in delta connection.(2) Irm: magnetic trip setting current.(3) Products marketed under the Merlin Gerin brand. Reference to be completed by replacing the () with the breaking performance code


Standard power ratings of 3-phase Circuit-breaker Star-delta Thermal overload relaymotors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 Reference Rating Irm contactors Reference Setting400/415 V 440 V (2) Reference rangeP Ie IrD(1) Iq P Ie IrD(1) IqkW A A kA kW A A kA A A A– – – – 1.5 3.06 1.8 501.5 3.5 2 50 2.2 4.42 3 50 GV2-LE08 4 51 LC3-K06 LR2-K0308 1.8…2.62.2 5 3 50 3 5.77 3 50 GV2-LE10 6.3 78 LC3-K06 LR2-K0310 2.6…3.73 6.5 4 50 – – – – GV2-LE14 10 138 LC3-K06 LR2-K0312 3.7…5.5– – – – 4 7.9 5 50 GV2-LE10 6.3 78 LC3-K06 LR2-K0312 3.7…5.54 8.4 5 50 – – – – GV2-LE14 10 138 LC3-K06 LR2-K0312 3.7…5.5– – – – 5.5 10.4 6 15 GV2-LE14 10 138 LC3-K06 LR2-K0314 5.5…85.5 11 6 15 – – – – GV2-LE16 14 170 LC3-K06 LR2-K0314 5.5…8– – – – 7.5 13.7 8 8 GV2-LE16 14 170 LC3-K09 LR2-K0316 8…11.57.5 14.8 9 15 – – – – GV2-LE20 18 223 LC3-K09 LR2-K0316 8…11.5– – – – 9 16.9 10 8 GV2-LE16 14 170 LC3-D12A LRD-16 8…11.59 18.1 10 15 – – – – GV2-LE22 25 327 LC3-K12 LR2-K0316 8…11.5– – – – 11 20.1 12 8 GV2-LE20 18 223 LC3-K12 LR2-K0321 10…1411 21 12 15 – – – – GV2-LE22 25 327 LC3-K12 LR2-K0321 10…14– – – – 15 26.5 15 6 GV2-LE22 25 327 LC3-D18A LRD-21 12…1815 28.5 16 10 – – – – GV2-LE32 32 384 LC3-D18A LRD-21 12…18

18.5 35 20 70 18.5 32.8 19 65 NS80HMA 50 350 LC3-D18A LRD-22 16…24– – – – 22 39 23 65 NS80HMA 50 400 LC3-D18A LRD-22 16…2422 42 24 70 – – – – NS80HMA 50 400 LC3-D32A LRD-32 23…32– – – – 30 51.5 30 65 NS80HMA 80 560 LC3-D32A LRD-32 23…3230 57 33 70 – – – – NS80HMA 80 560 LC3-D32A LRD-35 30…38– – – – 37 64 37 65 NS80HMA 80 560 LC3-D40 LRD-3355 30…40– – – – 45 76 44 65 NS80HMA 80 640 LC3-D40 LRD-3357 37…50– – – – 55 90 52 65 NS80HMA 80 800 LC3-D50 LRD-3359 48…6537 69 40 70 – – – – NS80HMA 80 640 LC3-D40 LRD-3359 48…65

– – – – 75 125 72 (3) NS160MA (3) 150 1200 LC3-D80 LRD-3363 63…8045 81 47 (3) – – – – NS100MA (3) 100 800 LC3-D50 LRD-3357 37…5055 100 58 (3) – – – – NS100MA (3) 100 1200 LC3-D50 LRD-3361 55…7075 135 78 (3) – – – – NS160MA (3) 150 1200 LC3-D80 LRD-3363 63…80– – – – 90 146 85 (3) NS160MA (3) 150 1200 LC3-D115 LRD-4365 80…10490 165 96 (3) 110 178 103 (3) NS250MA (3) 220 1760 LC3-D115 LRD-4365 80…104– – – – 132 215 125 (3) NS250MA (3) 220 1760 LC3-D150 LRD-4369 110…140110 200 116 (3) – – – – NS250MA (3) 220 1760 LC3-D115 LRD-4369 110…140– – – – 160 256 148 (3) NS400MA (3) 320 2240 LC3-D150 LR9-D5369 90…150– – – – 200 321 186 (3) NS630MA (3) 500 3150 LC3-F225 LR9-F5371 132…220132 240 139 (3) – – – – NS400MA (3) 320 2240 LC3-D150 LRD-4369 110…140160 285 165 (3) – – – – NS400MA (3) 320 2560 LC3-F185 LR9-F5371 132…220200 352 204 (3) 220 353 204 (3) NS630MA (3) 500 3150 LC3-F225 LR9-F5371 132…220220 388 225 (3) 250 401 233 (3) NS630MA (3) 500 3500 LC3-F265 LR9-F7375 200…330280 480 278 (3) – – – – NS630MA (3) 500 4000 LC3-F330 LR9-F7375 200…330

– – – 315 505 295 (3) C801+STR35ME 800 4000 LC3-F330 LR9-F7375 200…330315 555 322 (3) 355 518 300 (3) C801+STR35ME 800 4500 LC3-F330 LR9-F7375 200…330– – – 375 575 334 (3) C801+STR35ME 800 5000 LC3-F400 LR9-F7379 300…500

Breaking NS100MA NS160MA NS400MA C801performance Iq (kA) NS250MA NS630MA +STR35ME400/415 V 25 70 36 70 70 130 70 150440 V 25 65 35 65 65 130 65 100Code E S E S H L H L




Star-delta starters with circuit-breakerand overload protection by separate thermal overload relay


(1) Irm: magnetic trip setting current.(2) Products marketed under the Merlin Gerin brand. Reference to be completed by replacing the () with the breaking performance code


Standard power ratings of 3-phase Circuit-breaker Star-delta Thermal overload relaysmotors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 Reference Rating Irm contactors Reference Setting400/415 V 440 V (1) Reference rangeP Ie Iq P Ie IqkW A kA kW A kA A A A

1.5 3.5 130 1.5 3.06 130 GV2-L08 4 51 3 x LC1-D18 LRD-08 2.5…42.2 5 130 2.2 4.42 1303 6.5 130 3 5.77 130 GV2-L10 6.3 78 3 x LC1-D18 LRD-10 4…6– – – 4 7.9 20 GV2-L14 10 138 3 x LC1-D18 LRD-14 7…104 8.4 130 – – – GV2-L14 10 138 3 x LC1-D18 LRD-16 9…135.5 11 50 5.5 10.4 20 GV2-L16 14 170 3 x LC1-D25 LRD-16 9…137.5 14.8 50 7.5 13.7 20 GV2-L20 18 223 3 x LC1-D25 LRD-21 12…18– – – 9 16.9 20 GV2-L22 25 327 3 x LC1-D25 LRD-21 12…189 18.1 50 – – –11 21 50 11 20.1 20 GV2-L22 25 327 3 x LC1-D25 LRD-22 16…24

15 28.5 70 15 26.5 65 NS80HMA 50 300 3 x LC1-D40 LRD-3353 23…3218.5 35 70 18.5 32.8 65 NS80HMA 50 350 3 x LC1-D50 LRD-3355 30…4022 42 70 22 39 65 NS80HMA 50 400 3 x LC1-D50 LRD-3357 37…5030 57 70 30 51.5 65– – – 37 64 65 NS80HMA 80 560 3 x LC1-D65 LRD-3359 48…6537 69 70 45 76 65 NS80HMA 80 640 3 x LC1-D80 LRD-3363 63…80

45 81 (2) 55 90 (2) NS100MA (2) 100 800 3 x LC1-D115 LR9-D5367 60…100

55 100 (2) – – – NS160MA (2) 150 1200 3 x LC1-D115 LR9-D5369 90…150– – – 75 125 (2) NS160MA (2) 150 1200 3 x LC1-D150 LR9-D5369 90…15075 135 (2) 90 146 (2) NS160MA (2) 150 1200 3 x LC1-D150 LR9-D5369 90…150

90 165 (2) 110 178 (2) NS250MA (2) 220 1760 3 x LC1-F185 LR9-F5371 132…220110 200 (2) – – – NS250MA (2) 220 1760 3 x LC1-F225 LR9-F5371 132…220– – – 132 215 (2) NS250MA (2) 220 1760 3 x LC1-F225 LR9-F7375 200…330

132 240 (2) 160 256 (2) NS400MA (2) 320 2240 3 x LC1-F265 LR9-F7375 200…330160 285 (2) – – – NS400MA (2) 320 2560 3 x LC1-F330 LR9-F7375 200…330– – – 200 321 (2) NS400MA (2) 320 2880 3 x LC1-F330 LR9-F7379 300…500

200 352 (2) 220 353 (2) NS630MA (2) 500 3150 3 x LC1-F400 LR9-F7379 300…500220 388 (2) 250 401 (2) NS630MA (2) 500 3500 3 x LC1-F400 LR9-F7379 300…500250 437 (2) – – – NS630MA (2) 500 4000 3 x LC1-F500 LR9-F7379 300…500

Breaking NS100MA NS160MA NS400MAperformance Iq (kA) NS250MA NS630MA400/415 V 25 70 36 70 70 130440 V 25 65 35 65 65 130Code E S E S H L




Star-delta starters with fuse protection (NF C or DIN fuses)

Maximum operating rate: LC3-K and LC3-F: 12 starts/hour; LC3-D: 30 starts/hour.Maximum starting time: LC3-K and LC3-D: 30 seconds; LC3-F: 20 seconds.

(1) IrD: current in the motor windings in delta connection.


Standard power ratings of 3-phase Fuse carrier aM fuses Star-delta Thermal overload relaymotors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 (basic block) Size Rat- contactors Reference Setting 400/415 V 440 V Reference ing Reference rangeP Ie IrD Iq P Ie IrD Iq

(1) (1)kW A A kA kW A A kA A A

1.5 3.5 2 50 1.5 3.06 2 50 LS1-D32 10 x 38 4 LC3-K06 LR2-K0308 1.8…2.62.2 5 3 50 – – – – LS1-D32 10 x 38 6 LC3-K06 LR2-K0310 2.6…3.7– – – – 2.2 4.42 3 50– – – – 3 5.77 3 50 LS1-D32 10 x 38 8 LC3-K06 LR2-K0310 2.6…3.73 6.5 4 50 – – – – LS1-D32 10 x 38 8 LC3-K06 LR2-K0312 3.7…5.54 8.4 5 50 4 7.9 5 50 LS1-D32 10 x 38 12 LC3-K06 LR2-K0312 3.7…5.55.5 11 6 50 5.5 10.4 6 50 LS1-D32 10 x 38 16 LC3-K06 LR2-K0314 5.5…87.5 14.8 9 50 7.5 13.7 8 50 LS1-D32 10 x 38 16 LC3-K09 LR2-K0316 8…11.59 18.1 10 100 9 16.9 10 50 LS1-D32 10 x 38 20 LC3-D12A LRD-16 9…13

11 21 12 100 11 20.1 12 100 GK1-EK 14 x 51 25 LC3-D12A LRD-16 9…1315 28.5 16 100 15 26.5 15 100 GK1-EK 14 x 51 32 LC3-D18A LRD-21 12…1818.5 35 20 100 18.5 32.8 19 100 GK1-EK 14 x 51 40 LC3-D18A LRD-22 16…24

– – – – 22 39 23 100 GK1-FK 22 x 58 50 LC3-D18A LRD-22 16…2422 42 24 100 – – – – GK1-FK 22 x 58 50 LC3-D32A LRD-32 23…32– – – – 30 51.5 30 100 GK1-FK 22 x 58 63 LC3-D32A LRD-32 23…3230 57 33 100 37 64 37 100 GK1-FK 22 x 58 80 LC3-D40 LRD-3355 30…4037 69 40 100 – – – – GK1-FK 22 x 58 80 LC3-D40 LRD-3357 37…50– – – – 45 76 44 100 GK1-FK 22 x 58 80 LC3-D50 LRD-3357 37…5045 81 47 100 – – – – GK1-FK 22 x 58 100 LC3-D50 LRD-3357 37…50

– – – – 55 90 52 100 GS1-K 22 x 58 100 LC3-D50 LRD-3359 48…6555 100 58 100 – – – – GS1-K 22 x 58 125 LC3-D50 LRD-3361 55…70

75 135 78 100 75 125 72 100 GS1-L T0 160 LC3-D80 LRD-3363 63…80– – – – 90 146 84 100 GS1-L T0 160 LC3-D115 LRD-4365 80…104

90 165 95 100 – – – – GS1-N T1 200 LC3-D115 LRD-4367 95…120110 200 115 100 110 178 103 100 GS1-N T1 200 LC3-D115 LRD-4367 95…120

132 240 139 100 132 215 124 100 GS1-QQ T2 250 LC3-D150 LRD-4369 110…140160 285 165 100 160 256 148 100 GS1-QQ T2 315 LC3-F185 LR9-F5371 132…220– – – – 200 321 185 100 GS1-QQ T2 400 LC3-F225 LR9-F5369 132…220220 388 225 100 – – – – GS1-QQ T2 400 LC3-F265 LR9-F7375 200…330

– – – – 250 401 233 100 GS1-S T3 500 LC3-F265 LR9-F7375 200…330280 480 278 100 – – – – GS1-S T3 500 LC3-F330 LR9-F7375 200…330– – – – 315 505 293 100315 555 322 100 355 518 300 100 GS1-S T3 630 LC3-F330 LR9-F7375 200…330– – – – 375 575 334 100 GS1-S T3 630 LC3-F400 LR9-F7379 300…500




Star-delta starters with fuse protection (NF C or DIN fuses)



Standard power ratings of 3-phase Switch- aM fuses Star-delta Thermal overload relaymotors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 disconnector- Size Rating contactors Reference Setting400/415 V 440 V fuse Reference rangeP Ie Iq P Ie Iq ReferencekW A kA kW A kA A A A

1.5 3.5 50 1.5 3.06 50 GS1-DD 10 x 38 4 3 x LC1-D09 LRD-08 2.5…42.2 5 50 2.2 4.42 50 GS1-DD 10 x 38 6 3 x LC1-D09 LRD-10 4…63 6.5 50 3 5.77 50 GS1-DD 10 x 38 8 3 x LC1-D09 LRD-12 5.5…84 8.4 50 4 7.9 50 GS1-DD 10 x 38 10 3 x LC1-D09 LRD-14 7…105.5 11 50 5.5 10.4 50 GS1-DD 10 x 38 16 3 x LC1-D12 LRD-16 9…137.5 14.8 50 7.5 13.7 50 GS1-DD 10 x 38 16 3 x LC1-D18 LRD-21 12…189 18.1 100 9 16.9 10011 21 100 11 20.1 100 GS1-F 14 x 51 25 3 x LC1-D25 LRD-22 16…2415 28.5 100 15 26.5 100 GS1-F 14 x 51 32 3 x LC1-D32 LRD-32 23…3218.5 35 100 18.5 32.8 100 GS1-F 14 x 51 40 3 x LC1-D40 LRD-3355 30…4022 42 100 22 39 100 GS1-F 22 x 58 50 3 x LC1-D50 LRD-3357 37…50

30 57 100 30 51.5 100 GS1-J 22 x 58 80 3 x LC1-D65 LRD-3361 55…7037 69 100 37 64 100 GS1-J 22 x 58 80 3 x LC1-D80 LRD-3363 63…80– – – 45 76 100 GS1-J 22 x 58 80 3 x LC1-D80 LRD-3365 80…9345 81 100 – – – GS1-J 22 x 58 100 3 x LC1-D115 LR9-D5367 60…100

– – – 55 90 100 GS1-L T0 125 3 x LC1-D115 LR9-D5369 90…15055 100 100 – – – GS1-L T0 125 3 x LC1-D150 LR9-D5369 90…150– – – 75 125 100 GS1-L T0 160 3 x LC1-D150 LR9-D5369 90…15075 135 100 – – – GS1-L T0 160 3 x LC1-F185 LR9-D5369 90…150

90 165 100 90 146 100 GS1-N T1 200 3 x LC1-F185 LR9-F5371 132…220110 200 100 110 178 100 GS1-N T1 250 3 x LC1-F225 LR9-F5371 132…220

132 240 100 132 215 100 GS1-QQ T2 315 3 x LC1-F265 LR9-F7375 200…330160 285 100 160 256 100 GS1-QQ T2 315 3 x LC1-F330 LR9-F7375 200…330– – – 200 321 100 GS1-QQ T2 400 3 x LC1-F330 LR9-F7379 300…500200 352 100 220 353 100220 388 100 250 401 100 GS1-S T3 500 3 x LC1-F400 LR9-F7379 300…500250 437 100 – – – GS1-S T3 500 3 x LC1-F500 LR9-F7379 300…500315 555 100 315 505 100 GS1-S T3 630 3 x LC1-F630 LR9-F7381 380…630

– – – 355 549 100– – – 400 611 100 GS1-V T4 800 3 x LC1-F630 LR9-F7381 380…630355 605 100 – – – GS1-V T4 800 3 x LC1-F780 LR9-F7381 380…630


24545-EN_Ver2.11.fm/2 Schneider Electric


D.O.L. starters with fuse protection (BS fuses)

(1) For reversing operation, replace the reference prefix LC1 by LC2.

0.06 to 375 kW at 415 V: type 2 coordination

Standard power ratings of 3-phase Switch- BS fuses Contactor Thermal overload relaymotors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 disconnector- Size Rating Reference Reference Setting415 V 440 V 500 V fuse (1) rangeP Ie P Ie P Ie ReferencekW A kW A kW A A A

0.06 0.22 0.06 0.19 – – GS1-DDB A1 NIT 2 LC1-D09 LRD-02 0.16…0.25– – 0.09 0.28 – – GS1-DDB A1 NIT 2 LC1-D09 LRD-03 0.25…0.40.09 0.36 – – – –0.12 0.42 0.12 0.37 – – GS1-DDB A1 NIT 2 LC1-D09 LRD-04 0.4…0.630.18 0.6 0.18 0.55 – – GS1-DDB A1 NIT 2 LC1-D09 LRD-05 0.63…1– – 0.25 0.76 – – GS1-DDB A1 NIT 4 LC1-D09 LRD-05 0.63…10.25 0.88 0.37 1 0.37 10.37 1 0.55 1.36 0.55 1.20.55 1.5 0.75 1.68 0.75 1.5 GS1-DDB A1 NIT 6 LC1-D09 LRD-06 1…1.70.75 2 – – – – GS1-DDB A1 NIT 10 LC1-D09 LRD-07 1.6…2.5– – – – 1.5 2.6 GS1-DDB A1 NIT 10 LC1-D09 LRD-08 2.5…41.5 3.5 1.5 3.06 2.2 3.8 GS1-DDB A1 NIT 16 LC1-D09 LRD-08 2.5…42.2 5 2.2 4.42 3 5 GS1-DDB A1 NIT 16 LC1-D09 LRD-10 4…63 6.5 3 5.77 4 6.5 GS1-DDB A1 NIT 20 LC1-D09 LRD-12 5.5…84 8.4 4 7.9 5.5 9 GS1-DDB A1 NIT 20 LC1-D09 LRD-14 7…105.5 11 5.5 10.4 7.5 12 GS1-DDB A1 NIT 20M25 LC1-D12 LRD-16 9…137.5 14 7.5 13.7 9 13.9 GS1-DDB A1 NIT 20M32 LC1-D18 LRD-21 12…18

9 18.1 9 16.9 – – GS1-GB A2 TIA 32M35 LC1-D18 LRD-21 12…1811 21 11 20 11 18.4– – – – 15 23 GS1-GB A2 TIA 32M50 LC1-D25 LRD-22 16…2415 28.5 15 26.5 – – GS1-GB A2 TIA 32M63 LC1-D32 LRD-32 23…32– – – – 22 33 GS1-GB A3 TIS 63M80 LC1-D40 LRD-3355 30…4022 42 22 39 30 45 GS1-GB A3 TIS 63M100 LC1-D50 LRD-3357 37…50– – 30 51.5 – – GS1-GB A3 TIS 63M100 LC1-D50 LRD-3359 48…6530 57 – – – – GS1-GB A3 TIS 63M100 LC1-D65 LRD-3359 48…65

– – 45 76 45 65 GS1-LLB A4 TCP 100M125 LC1-D80 LRD-3363 63…8045 81 – – 55 80 GS1-LLB A4 TCP 100M125 LC1-D95 LRD-3365 80…9355 100 – – – – GS1-LLB A4 TCP 100M160 LC1-D115 LR9-D5369 90…150– – 55 90 – – GS1-LLB A4 TCP 100M160 LC1-D115 LR9-D5367 60…100

– – – – 80 116 GS1-LB B2 TF 200 LC1-D150 LR9-D5369 90…15080 138 80 132 – – GS1-LB B2 TF 200M250 LC1-D150 LR9-D5369 90…150– – – – 100 143– – – – 110 156 GS1-LB B2 TF 200M250 LC1-F185 LR9-F5371 132…220

100 182 100 162 – – GS1-MMB B2 TF 200M250 LC1-F185 LR9-F5371 132…220110 196 110 178 – – GS1-MMB B2 TF 200M315 LC1-F225 LR9-F5371 132…220

– – – – 140 200 GS1-NB B3 TKF 315M355 LC1-F265 LR9-F5371 132…220140 250 140 226 160 220 GS1-NB B3 TKF 315M355 LC1-F265 LR9-F7375 200…330

160 285 160 256 – – GS1-QQB B4 TKF 315M355 LC1-F330 LR9-F7375 200…330– – – – 220 310 GS1-QQB B4 TMF 400 LC1-F400 LR9-F7379 300…500220 388 220 353 257 362 GS1-QQB B4 TMF 400M450 LC1-F400 LR9-F7379 300…500

– – – – 270 380 GS1-SB C2 TTM 500 LC1-F500 LR9-F7379 300…500257 450 257 412 – –270 460 270 433 – – GS1-SB C2 TTM 500 LC1-F500 LR9-F7381 380…630375 610 375 577 375 508– – – – 425 556 GS1-SB C2 TTM 630 LC1-F630 LR9-F7381 380…630


24545-EN_Ver2.11.fm/3Schneider Electric


Star-delta starters with fuse protection (BS fuses)



Standard power ratings of 3-phase Switch- BS fuses Contactor Thermal overload relaymotors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 disconnector- Size Rating Reference Reference Setting415 V 440 V fuses rangeP Ie Iq P Ie Iq ReferencekW A kA kW A kA A A

1.5 3.5 50 1.5 3.06 50 GS1-DDB A1 NIT 16 3 x LC1-D09 LRD-08 2.5…4

2.2 5 50 2.2 4.42 50 GS1-DDB A1 NIT 16 3 x LC1-D09 LRD-10 4…6

3 6.5 50 3 5.77 50 GS1-DDB A1 NIT 20 3 x LC1-D09 LRD-12 5.5…8

4 8.4 50 4 7.9 50 GS1-DDB A1 NIT 20 3 x LC1-D09 LRD-14 7…10

5.5 11 50 5.5 10.4 50 GS1-DDB A1 NIT 20M25 3 x LC1-D12 LRD-16 9…13

7.5 14.8 50 7.5 13.7 50 GS1-DDB A1 NIT 20M32 3 x LC1-D18 LRD-21 12…18

9 18.1 50 9 16.9 50 GS1-GB A2 TIA 32M35 3 x LC1-D18 LRD-21 12…18

11 21 50 11 20.1 50 GS1-GB A2 TIA 32M50 3 x LC1-D25 LRD-22 16…24

15 28.5 50 15 26.5 50 GS1-GB A2 TIA 32M63 3 x LC1-D32 LRD-32 23…32

22 42 50 22 39 50 GS1-GB A3 TIS 63M80 3 x LC1-D40 LRD-3355 30…40

– – – 30 51.5 50 GS1-GB A3 TIS 63M100 3 x LC1-D50 LRD-3359 48…65

30 57 50 – – – GS1-GB A3 TIS 63M100 3 x LC1-D65 LRD-3359 48…65

45 81 50 45 76 50 GS1-LLB A4 TCP 100M125 3 x LC1-D80 LRD-3363 63…80

55 100 80 55 90 80 GS1-LLB A4 TCP 100M160 3 x LC1-D115 LR9-D5369 90…150

80 138 80 80 132 80 GS1-LB B2 TF 200M250 3 x LC1-D150 LR9-D5369 90…150

100 182 80 100 162 80 GS1-MMB B2 TF 200M250 3 x LC1-F185 LR9-F5371 132…220

110 196 80 110 178 80 GS1-MMB B2 TF 200M315 3 x LC1-F225 LR9-F5371 132…220

140 250 80 140 226 80 GS1-NB B3 TFK 315M355 3 x LC1-F265 LR9-F7375 200…330

160 285 80 160 256 80 GS1-QQB B3 TFK 315M355 3 x LC1-F330 LR9-F7375 200…330

220 388 80 220 353 80 GS1-QQB B4 TMF 400M450 3 x LC1-F400 LR9-F7379 300…500257 450 80 257 412 80270 460 80 270 433 80 GS1-SB C2 TTM 500 3 x LC1-F500 LR9-F7379 300…500

375 610 80 375 577 80 GS1-SB C2 TTM 630 3 x LC1-F630 LR9-F7381 380…630




D.O.L. starters with integral 18, 32 and 63 contactor breakers with overload protection by separate module

(1) Iq = 40 kA for LD1-LB; Iq = 70 kA for LD-LC.(2) Irth min to Irth max.(3) For LB1-LB, the magnetic protection is fixed, set at 15 Irth max. For LB1-LC, the magnetic protection is adjustable from 6 to 12 Irth max.

0.06 to 4 kW at 400/415 V (total coordination)

Standard power ratings of 3-phase Contactor breaker Protection modulemotors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 Without control With control Reference Setting range400/415 V 440 V 500 V test function test function Thermal MagneticP Ie Iq P Ie Iq P Ie Iq Reference Reference (2) (3)kW A kA kW A kA kW A kA A A

0.06 0.22 70 0.06 0.19 70 – – – LD1-LB030 – LB1-LB03P02 0.16…0.25 3.8

0.09 0.36 70 0.09 0.28 70 – – – LD1-LB030 LB1-LB03P03 0.25…0.4 6or LD1-LC030 LD4-LC130 LB1-LC03M03 0.25…0.4 2.4…4.8

– – – 0.12 0.37 70 – – – LD1-LB030 LB1-LB03P03 0.25…0.4 6or LD1-LC030 LD4-LC130 LB1-LC03M03 0.25…0.4 2.4…4.8

0.12 0.42 70 0.18 0.55 70 – – – LD1-LB030 LB1-LB03P04 0.4…0.63 9.5or LD1-LC030 LD4-LC130 LB1-LC03M04 0.4…0.63 3.8…7.6

0.18 0.6 70 – – – – – – LD1-LB030 LB1-LB03P04 0.4…0.63 9.5or LD1-LC030 LD4-LC130 LB1-LC03M04 0.4…0.63 3.8…7.6

0.25 0.88 70 0.25 0.76 70 0.37 1 70 LD1-LB030 LB1-LB03P05 0.63…1 15or LD1-LC030 LD4-LC130 LB1-LC03M05 0.63…1 6…12

0.37 1 70 0.37 1 70 0.55 1.21 70 LD1-LB030 LB1-LB03P06 1…1.6 24or LD1-LC030 LD4-LC130 LB1-LC03M06 1…1.6 9.5…19

0.55 1.5 70 0.55 1.36 70 0.75 1.5 70 LD1-LB030 LB1-LB03P06 1…1.6 24or LD1-LC030 LD4-LC130 LB1-LC03M06 1…1.6 9.5…19

0.75 2 70 0.75 1.68 70 1.1 2 70 LD1-LB030 LB1-LB03P07 1.6…2.5 37.5or LD1-LC030 LD4-LC130 LB1-LC03M07 1.6…2.5 15…30

– – – 1.1 2.37 70 – – – LD1-LB030 LB1-LB03P07 1.6…2.5 37.5or LD1-LC030 LD4-LC130 LB1-LC03M07 1.6…2.5 15…30

1.1 2.5 70 – – – 1.5 2.6 70 LD1-LB030 LB1-LB03P08 2.5…4 60or LD1-LC030 LD4-LC130 LB1-LC03M08 2.5…4 24…48

1.5 3.5 70 1.5 3.06 70 2.2 3.8 70 LD1-LB030 LB1-LB03P08 2.5…4 60or LD1-LC030 LD4-LC130 LB1-LC03M08 2.5…4 24…48

2.2 5 70 2.2 4.42 (1) 3 5 15 LD1-LB030 LB1-LB03P10 4…6 90or LD1-LC030 LD4-LC130 LB1-LC03M10 4…6.3 38…76

– – – 3 5.77 (1) – – – LD1-LB030 LB1-LB03P10 4…6 90or LD1-LC030 LD4-LC130 LB1-LC03M10 4…6.3 38…76

3 6.5 70 4 7.9 (1) 4 6.5 15 LD1-LB030 LB1-LB03P13 6…10 150or LD1-LC030 LD4-LC130 LB1-LC03M13 6.3…10 60…120

4 8.4 70 – – – 5.5 9 15 LD1-LB030 LB1-LB03P13 6…10 150or LD1-LC030 LD4-LC130 LB1-LC03M13 6.3…10 60…120




D.O.L. starters with integral 18, 32 and 63 contactor breakers with overload protection by separate module

(1) Iq = 40 kA for LD1-LB ; Iq = 70 kA for LD-LC.(2) Iq = 10 kA for LD1-LB ; Iq = 25 kA for LD-LC.(3) Irth min to Irth max.(4) For LB1-LB, the magnetic protection is fixed, set at 15 Irth max. For LB1-LC and LB1-LD, the magnetic protection is adjustable from 6 to 12 Irth max.

5.5 to 30 kW at 400/415 V (total coordination)

Standard power ratings of 3-phase Contactor breaker Protection modulemotors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 Without control With control Reference Setting range400/415 V 440 V 500 V test function test function Thermal MagneticP Ie Iq P Ie Iq P Ie Iq Reference Reference (3) (4)kW A kA kW A kA kW A kA A A

5.5 11 70 5.5 10.4 (1) 7.5 12 (2) LD1-LB030 LB1-LB03P17 10…16 240or LD1-LC030 LD4-LC130 LB1-LC03M17 10…16 95…190

7.5 14.8 70 7.5 13.7 (1) – – – LD1-LB030 LB1-LB03P17 10…16 240or LD1-LC030 LD4-LC130 LB1-LC03M17 10…16 95…190

– – – – – – 9 13.9 (2) LD1-LB030 LB1-LB03P21 12…18 270or LD1-LC030 LD4-LC130 LB1-LC03M17 10…16 95…190

9 18.1 70 9 16.9 (1) – – – LD1-LB030 LB1-LB03P21 12…18 270or LD1-LC030 LD4-LC130 LB1-LC03M22 16…25 150…300

11 21 70 11 20.1 70 11 18.4 20 LD1-LC030 LD4-LC130 LB1-LC03M22 16…25 150…300

– – – – – – 15 23 20 LD1-LC030 LD4-LC130 LB1-LC03M22 16…25 150…300

15 28.5 70 15 26.5 30 18.5 28.5 15 LD1-LC030 LD4-LC130 LB1-LC03M53 23…32 190…380

18.5 35 70 18.5 32.8 70 22 33 35 LD1-LD030 LD4-LD130 LB1-LD03M55 28…40 240…480

– – – 22 39 70 – – – LD1-LD030 LD4-LD130 LB1-LD03M55 28…40 240…480

22 42 70 – – – 30 45 35 LD1-LD030 LD4-LD130 LB1-LD03M57 35…50 300…600

30 57 70 30 51.5 40 37 55 35 LD1-LD030 LD4-LD130 LB1-LD03M61 45…63 380…760

– – – 33 58.5 40 – – – LD1-LD030 LD4-LD130 LB1-LD03M61 45…63 380…760


4573 Ver2.00-EN.fm/2 Schneider Electric

TeSys motor starters - open versionD.O.L. starters with circuit-breakerand overload protection built into the circuit-breaker

(1) The breaking capacity of circuit-breakers GV2-ME can be increased to 15 kA by adding a current limiter LA9-LB920, see page 24512/3.(2) NS400H, NS630H and STR43ME: products marketed under the Merlin Gerin brand, please consult your Regional Sales Office.(3) For reversing operation, replace LC1 by LC2.


Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors Circuit-breaker Contactor50/60 Hz in category AC-3 Reference Setting range of Reference690 V (2) thermal trips (3)P Ie Iq (1)kW A kA A

0.37 0.6 3 GV2-ME05 0.63…1 LC1-D090.55 0.9 3 GV2-ME05 0.63…1 LC1-D090.75 1.1 3 GV2-ME06 1…1.6 LC1-D091.1 1.6 3 GV2-ME07 1.6…2.5 LC1-D091.5 2 3 GV2-ME07 1.6…2.5 LC1-D092.2 2.9 3 GV2-ME08 2.5…4 LC1-D093 3.8 3 GV2-ME08 2.5…4 LC1-D094 5 3 GV2-ME10 4…6.3 LC1-D095.5 6.7 3 GV2-ME14 6…10 LC1-D097.5 8.8 3 GV2-ME14 6…10 LC1-D1210 12 3 GV2-ME16 9…14 LC1-D1811 13 3 GV2-ME16 9…14 LC1-D2515 16.5 3 GV2-ME20 13…18 LC1-D2518.5 21 3 GV2-ME21 17…23 LC1-D32

22 25 8 GV7-RE40 25…40 LC1-D4030 33 8 GV7-RE40 25…40 LC1-D4033 35 8 GV7-RE50 30…50 LC1-D5037 41 8 GV7-RE50 30…50 LC1-D6545 49 8 GV7-RE50 30…50 LC1-D8055 60 8 GV7-RE80 48…80 LC1-D11580 86 8 GV7-RE100 60…100 LC1-D11590 95 8 GV7-RE100 60…100 LC1-D150100 105 8 GV7-RE150 90…150 LC1-D150110 115 8 GV7-RE150 90…150 LC1-F185129 132 8 GV7-RE150 90…150 LC1-F225132 139 8 GV7-RE150 90…150 LC1-F265160 167 8 GV7-RE220 132…220 LC1-F265200 202 8 GV7-RE220 132…220 LC1-F330

220 224 20 NS400H+STR43ME 190…320 LC1-F330250 253 20 NS400H+STR43ME 190…320 LC1-F400280 284 20 NS400H+STR43ME 190…320 LC1-F400315 321 20 NS630H+STR43ME 300…500 LC1-F500335 335 20 NS630H+STR43ME 300…500 LC1-F500400 400 20 NS630H+STR43ME 300…500 LC1-F630450 450 20 NS630H+STR43ME 300…500 LC1-F630475 470 20 NS630H+STR43ME 300…500 LC1-F780


24573 Ver2.00-EN.fm/Schneider Electric

TeSys motor starters - open versionD.O.L. starters with circuit-breakerand overload protection built into the circuit-breaker

(1) The breaking capacity of circuit-breakers GV2-P can be increased to 50 kA by adding a current limiter LA9-LB920, see page 24512/3.(2) NS400L, NS630L and STR43ME: products marketed under the Merlin Gerin brand, please consult your Regional Sales Office.(3) For reversing operation, replace LC1 by LC2.


Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors Circuit-breaker Contactor50/60 Hz in category AC-3 Reference Setting range of Reference690 V (2) thermal trips (3)P Ie Iq (1)kW A kA A

0.37 0.6 8 GV2-P05 0.63…1 LC1-D250.55 0.9 8 GV2-P05 0.63…1 LC1-D250.75 1.1 8 GV2-P06 1…1.6 LC1-D251.1 1.6 8 GV2-P07 1.6…2.5 LC1-D251.5 2 8 GV2-P07 1.6…2.5 LC1-D252.2 2.9 8 GV2-P08 2.5…4 LC1-D253 3.8 8 GV2-P08 2.5…4 LC1-D254 5 6 GV2-P10 4…6.3 LC1-D255.5 6.7 6 GV2-P14 6…10 LC1-D257.5 8.8 6 GV2-P14 6…10 LC1-D2510 12 6 GV2-P16 9…14 LC1-D2511 13 6 GV2-P16 9…14 LC1-D2515 16.5 4 GV2-P20 13…18 LC1-D2518.5 21 4 GV2-P21 17…23 LC1-D32

22 25 10 GV7-RS40 25…40 LC1-D8030 33 10 GV7-RS40 25…40 LC1-D8033 35 10 GV7-RS50 30…50 LC1-D8037 41 10 GV7-RS50 30…50 LC1-D8045 49 10 GV7-RS50 30…50 LC1-D8055 60 10 GV7-RS80 48…80 LC1-D11580 86 10 GV7-RS100 60…100 LC1-D11590 95 10 GV7-RS100 60…100 LC1-D150100 105 10 GV7-RS150 90…150 LC1-F185110 115 10 GV7-RS150 90…150 LC1-F185129 132 10 GV7-RS150 90…150 LC1-F265132 139 10 GV7-RS150 90…150 LC1-F265160 167 10 GV7-RS220 132…220 LC1-F265200 202 10 GV7-RS220 132…220 LC1-F330

220 224 35 NS400L+STR43ME 190…320 LC1-F330250 253 35 NS400L+STR43ME 190…320 LC1-F400280 284 35 NS400L+STR43ME 190…320 LC1-F500315 321 35 NS630L+STR43ME 300…500 LC1-F500335 335 35 NS630L+STR43ME 300…500 LC1-F630400 400 35 NS630L+STR43ME 300…500 LC1-F630450 450 35 NS630L+STR43ME 300…500 LC1-F630475 470 35 NS630L+STR43ME 300…500 LC1-F780



TeSys motor starters - open versionD.O.L. starters with circuit-breakerand overload protection by separate thermal overload relay

(1) The breaking capacity of circuit-breakers GV2-LE can be increased to 15 kA by adding a current limiter LA9-LB920, see page 24512/3.(2) NSpppHMA: products marketed under the Merlin Gerin brand, please consult your Regional Sales Office.(3) For reversing operation, replace LC1 by LC2.


Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors Circuit-breaker Contactor Thermal overload relay50/60 Hz in category AC-3 Reference Rating Reference Reference Setting690 V (2) (3) rangeP Ie Iq (1)kW A kA A A

0.37 0.6 3 GV2-LE05 1 LC1-D09 LRD-05 0.63…10.55 0.9 3 GV2-LE05 1 LC1-D09 LRD-05 0.63…10.75 1.1 3 GV2-LE06 1.6 LC1-D09 LRD-06 1…1.71.1 1.6 3 GV2-LE07 2.5 LC1-D09 LRD-07 1.6…2.51.5 2 3 GV2-LE07 2.5 LC1-D09 LRD-07 1.6…2.52.2 2.9 3 GV2-LE08 4 LC1-D09 LRD-08 2.5…43 3.8 3 GV2-LE08 4 LC1-D09 LRD-08 2.5…44 5 3 GV2-LE10 6.3 LC1-D09 LRD-10 4…65.5 6.7 3 GV2-LE14 10 LC1-D09 LRD-12 5.5…87.5 8.8 3 GV2-LE14 10 LC1-D12 LRD-14 7…1010 12 3 GV2-LE16 14 LC1-D18 LRD-16 9…1311 13 3 GV2-LE16 14 LC1-D25 LRD-16 9…1315 16.5 3 GV2-LE20 18 LC1-D25 LRD-21 12…1818.5 21 3 GV2-LE22 25 LC1-D32 LRD-22 16…24

22 25 8 NS100NMA 25 LC1-D40 LRD-3353 23…3230 33 8 NS100NMA 50 LC1-D40 LRD-3355 30…4033 35 8 NS100NMA 50 LC1-D50 LRD-3355 30…4037 41 8 NS100NMA 50 LC1-D65 LRD-3357 37…5045 49 8 NS100NMA 50 LC1-D80 LRD-3357 37…5055 60 8 NS100NMA 100 LC1-D115 LRD-3359 48…6580 86 8 NS100NMA 100 LC1-D115 LR9-D5367 60…10090 95 8 NS100NMA 100 LC1-D150 LR9-D5367 60…100

100 105 10 NS160HMA 150 LC1-D150 LR9-D5369 90…150110 115 10 NS160HMA 150 LC1-F185 LR9-F5369 90…150129 132 10 NS160HMA 150 LC1-F225 LR9-F5369 90…150132 139 10 NS160HMA 150 LC1-F265 LR9-F5371 132…220

160 167 10 NS250HMA 220 LC1-F265 LR9-F5371 132…220200 202 10 NS250HMA 220 LC1-F330 LR9-F5371 132…220

220 224 20 NS400HMA 320 LC1-F330 LR9-F7375 200…300250 253 20 NS400HMA 320 LC1-F400 LR9-F7375 200…300280 284 20 NS400HMA 320 LC1-F400 LR9-F7375 200…300

315 321 20 NS630HMA 500 LC1-F500 LR9-F7379 300…500335 335 20 NS630HMA 500 LC1-F500 LR9-F7379 300…500400 400 20 NS630HMA 500 LC1-F630 LR9-F7381 380…630450 450 20 NS630HMA 500 LC1-F630 LR9-F7381 380…630475 470 20 NS630HMA 500 LC1-F800 LR9-F7381 380…630



TeSys motor starters - open versionD.O.L. starters with circuit-breakerand overload protection by separate thermal overload relay

(1) The breaking capacity of circuit-breakers GV2-L can be increased to 50 kA by adding a current limiter LA9-LB920, see page 24512/3.(2) NSpppLMA: products marketed under the Merlin Gerin brand, please consult your Regional Sales Office.(3) For reversing operation, replace LC1 by LC2.


Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors Circuit-breaker Contactor Thermal overload relay50/60 Hz in category AC-3 Reference Rating Reference Reference Setting690 V (2) (3) rangeP Ie Iq (1)kW A kA A A

0.37 0.6 8 GV2-L05 1 LC1-D25 LRD-05 0.63…10.55 0.9 8 GV2-L05 1 LC1-D25 LRD-05 0.63…10.75 1.1 8 GV2-L06 1.6 LC1-D25 LRD-06 1…1.71.1 1.6 8 GV2-L07 2.5 LC1-D25 LRD-07 1.6…2.51.5 2 8 GV2-L07 2.5 LC1-D25 LRD-07 1.6…2.52.2 2.9 8 GV2-L08 4 LC1-D25 LRD-08 2.5…43 3.8 8 GV2-L08 4 LC1-D25 LRD-08 2.5…44 5 6 GV2-L10 6.3 LC1-D25 LRD-10 4…65.5 6.7 6 GV2-L14 10 LC1-D25 LRD-12 5.5…87.5 8.8 6 GV2-L14 10 LC1-D25 LRD-14 7…1010 12 6 GV2-L16 14 LC1-D25 LRD-16 9…1311 13 6 GV2-L16 14 LC1-D25 LRD-16 9…1315 16.5 4 GV2-L20 18 LC1-D25 LRD-21 12…1818.5 21 4 GV2-L22 25 LC1-D32 LRD-22 16…24

22 25 35 NS100LMA 100 LC1-D80 LRD-3353 23…3230 33 35 NS100LMA 100 LC1-D80 LRD-3355 30…4033 35 35 NS100LMA 100 LC1-D80 LRD-3355 30…4037 41 35 NS100LMA 100 LC1-D80 LRD-3357 37…5045 49 35 NS100LMA 100 LC1-D80 LRD-3357 37…5055 60 35 NS100LMA 100 LC1-D115 LRD-3359 48…6580 86 35 NS100LMA 100 LC1-D115 LR9-D5367 60…10090 95 35 NS100LMA 100 LC1-D150 LR9-D5367 60…100

100 105 35 NS160LMA 150 LC1-F185 LR9-F5369 90…150110 115 35 NS160LMA 150 LC1-F185 LR9-F5369 90…150129 132 35 NS160LMA 150 LC1-F265 LR9-F5369 90…150132 139 35 NS160LMA 150 LC1-F265 LR9-F5371 132…220

160 167 35 NS250LMA 220 LC1-F265 LR9-F5371 132…220200 202 35 NS250LMA 220 LC1-F330 LR9-F5371 132…220

220 224 35 NS400LMA 320 LC1-F330 LR9-F7375 200…300250 253 35 NS400LMA 320 LC1-F400 LR9-F7375 200…300280 284 35 NS400LMA 320 LC1-F500 LR9-F7375 200…300

315 321 35 NS630LMA 500 LC1-F500 LR9-F7379 300…500335 335 35 NS630LMA 500 LC1-F630 LR9-F7379 300…500400 400 35 NS630LMA 500 LC1-F630 LR9-F7381 380…630450 450 35 NS630LMA 500 LC1-F630 LR9-F7381 380…630475 470 35 NS630LMA 500 LC1-F780 LR9-F7381 380…630



TeSys motor starters - open versionD.O.L. starters with protection by NF C or DIN fuses


Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors Rating (1) Contactor Thermal50/60 Hz in category AC-3 gG aM Reference overload relay690 V (2) Reference SettingP Ie rangekW A A A

0.37 0.6 2 1 LC1-D09 LRD-05 0.63…10.55 0.9 4 2 LC1-D09 LRD-05 0.63…10.75 1.1 4 2 LC1-D09 LRD-06 1…1.71.1 1.6 4 2 LC1-D09 LRD-07 1.6…2.51.5 2 6 4 LC1-D09 LRD-07 1.6…2.52.2 2.9 8 4 LC1-D09 LRD-08 2.5…43 3.8 10 4 LC1-D09 LRD-08 2.5…44 5 12 6 LC1-D09 LRD-10 4…65.5 6.7 16 8 LC1-D09 LRD-12 5.5…8

7.5 8.8 20 10 LC1-D12 LRD-14 7…10

10 12 32 16 LC1-D25 LRD-16 9…1311 13 32 16 LC1-D25 LRD-16 9…13

15 16.5 40 20 LC1-D32 LRD-21 12…1818.5 21 50 25 LC1-D32 LRD-22 16…24

22 25 50 32 LC1-D40 LRD-3353 23…32

30 33 63 40 LC1-D50 LRD-3355 30…40

33 35 63 40 LC1-D65 LRD-3355 30…4037 41 80 50 LC1-D65 LRD-3357 37…50

45 49 100 63 LC1-D80 LRD-3357 37…50

55 60 125 80 LC1-D115 LRD-3359 48…6580 86 160 100 LC1-D115 LR9-D5367 60…100

90 95 200 125 LC1-D150 LR9-D5367 60…100

100 105 200 125 LC1-F185 LR9-F5369 90…150110 115 250 160 LC1-F185 LR9-F5369 90…150

129 132 250 160 LC1-F225 LR9-F5369 90…150

132 139 250 160 LC1-F265 LR9-F5371 132…220160 167 315 200 LC1-F265 LR9-F5371 132…220

200 202 400 250 LC1-F330 LR9-F5371 132…220220 224 500 315 LC1-F330 LR9-F7375 200…300

250 253 500 315 LC1-F400 LR9-F7375 200…300280 284 630 400 LC1-F400 LR9-F7375 200…300

315 321 630 400 LC1-F500 LR9-F7379 300…500335 335 800 500 LC1-F500 LR9-F7379 300…500

400 400 800 500 LC1-F630 LR9-F7381 380…630450 450 800 500 LC1-F630 LR9-F7381 380…630

475 470 800 500 LC1-F800 LR9-F7381 380…630(1) For on-load breaking, add a switch-disconnector.(2) For reversing operation, replace LC1 by LC2.



TeSys motor starters - open versionD.O.L. starters with protection by NF C or DIN fuses

0.37 to 475 kW at 690 V : coordination type 2

Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors Rating (1) Contactor Thermal50/60 Hz in category AC-3 gG aM Reference overload relay690 V (2) Reference SettingP Ie rangekW A A A

0.37 0.6 2 1 LC1-D09 LRD-05 0.63…10.55 0.9 4 2 LC1-D09 LRD-05 0.63…10.75 1.1 4 2 LC1-D09 LRD-06 1…1.71.1 1.6 4 2 LC1-D09 LRD-07 1.6…2.51.5 2 6 4 LC1-D09 LRD-07 1.6…2.52.2 2.9 8 4 LC1-D09 LRD-08 2.5…43 3.8 10 4 LC1-D09 LRD-08 2.5…44 5 12 6 LC1-D09 LRD-10 4…65.5 6.7 16 8 LC1-D09 LRD-12 5.5…8

7.5 8.8 20 10 LC1-D12 LRD-14 7…10

10 12 32 16 LC1-D25 LRD-16 9…1311 13 32 16 LC1-D25 LRD-16 9…13

15 16.5 40 20 LC1-D32 LRD-21 12…1818.5 21 50 25 LC1-D32 LRD-22 16…24

22 25 50 32 LC1-D40 LRD-3353 23…32

30 33 63 40 LC1-D50 LRD-3355 30…40

33 35 63 40 LC1-D65 LRD-3355 30…4037 41 80 50 LC1-D65 LRD-3357 37…50

45 49 100 63 LC1-D80 LRD-3357 37…50

55 60 125 80 LC1-D115 LRD-3359 48…6580 86 160 100 LC1-D115 LR9-D5367 60…100

90 95 200 125 LC1-D150 LR9-D5367 60…100

100 105 200 125 LC1-F185 LR9-F5369 90…150110 115 250 160 LC1-F185 LR9-F5369 90…150

129 132 250 160 LC1-F225 LR9-F5369 90…150

132 139 250 160 LC1-F265 LR9-F5371 132…220160 167 315 200 LC1-F265 LR9-F5371 132…220

200 202 400 250 LC1-F330 LR9-F5371 132…220220 224 500 315 LC1-F330 LR9-F7375 200…300

250 253 500 315 LC1-F400 LR9-F7375 200…300280 284 630 400 LC1-F400 LR9-F7375 200…300

315 321 630 400 LC1-F500 LR9-F7379 300…500335 335 800 500 LC1-F500 LR9-F7379 300…500

400 400 800 500 LC1-F630 LR9-F7381 380…630450 450 800 500 LC1-F630 LR9-F7381 380…630

475 470 800 500 LC1-F780 LR9-F7381 380…630(1) For on-load breaking, add a switch-disconnector.(2) For reversing operation, replace LC1 by LC2.


0248Q-EN_Ver2.11.fm/2 Schneider Electric


Applications Pre-assembled starters

Small machines starting under full load: D.O.L. starters Machines requiringsmooth starting orslowing down

Type of starter D.O.L. starters with circuit-breakers D.O.L. starters with Soft start units orfuse protection in association with

Level of service Type 1 co-ordination Type 2 co-ordination

Power at 400 V Up to 5.5 kW Up to 15 kW Up to 37 kW Up to 45 kW

Type of components Combination automatic motor starter with overload Fuse carrier Soft start unitprotection built into the circuit-breaker + plate mounted

contactor

Pages 24520/2 and 24520/3 24520/4 and 24520/5 24520/6 and 24520/7 24546/2 24075/2 and 24075/3

Selection guide

0248Q-EN_Ver2.11.fm/3Schneider Electric

1

Starters for customer assembly

Machines starting under Small machines starting under full load: D.O.L. starters no-load: star-delta starters Machines starting under no-load: star-delta starters

star-delta starters to be used D.O.L. or star-delta starters with circuit-breakers D.O.L. or star-delta starters with fusesa circuit-breaker or fuses

Total co-ordination Type 1 and type 2 co-ordination

Up to 132 kW Up to 30 kW Up to 110 kW Up to 315 kW Up to 315 kW Up to 355 kW

3 contactors (line, star and delta, mounted on plate or rail)

Contactor- Thermal magnetic Thermal-magnetic Fuse carrier Switch-disconnector-fusebreaker circuit-breaker circuit-breaker + contactor(s) + contactor(s)

+ contactor(s) + contactor(s) + thermal overload + thermal overload relay + thermal overload relay relay

24547/3 24570/2 and 24570/3 24539/2 and 24539/3 24540/2 and 24540/3 24541/2 and 24544/2 24541/3 and 24544/3 to 24545/324542/2 and 24542/3 24543/2 and 24543/3



Combination automatic motor starterswith overload protection built into the circuit-breaker

This pre-assembled combination comprises:- 1 motor circuit-breaker type GV2-ME,- 1 3-pole contactor,- 1 combination block GV2-AF01.

D.O.L. starters, non-reversing

(1) The breaking performance of circuit-breakers GV2-ME can be increased by adding a current limiter GV1-L3, seepage 24509/5.(2) Standard control circuit voltages (for other voltages, please consult your Regional Sales Office).

(3) Please consult your Regional Sales Office.(4) Coil: low consumption (1.5 W), wide range (0.7…1.3 Uc) with integral suppression device as standard.

D.O.L. starters, non-reversing, from 0.37 to 5.5 kW at 400/415 V, type 1 coordination

Characteristics

Starter type GV2- ME06K1 ME07K1 ME08K1 ME10K1 ME14K1 ME16K1

Breaking capacity (Iq) (1) To IEC-947-4-1 400/415 V kA 50 50 50 50 50 15440 V kA 50 50 50 50 15 8500 V kA 50 50 50 50 10 (4 kW) 6

6 (5.5 kW)

References

Standard Setting Fixed For customer assembly Pre-assembled Weightpower ratings range of magnetic Motor Contactor Basic reference.of 3-phase thermal tripping circuit- Reference Complete with codemotors trips current breaker to be indicating control50/60 Hz 13 Irth Reference completed (3) circuit voltage (2)in AC-3400/415V 440V 500VkW kW kW A A kg

0.37 0.37 0.37 1…1.6 22.5 GV2-ME06 LC1-K06 GV2-ME06K1pp 0.4600.55 0.55 0.55– – 0.75

0.75 0.75 – 1.6…2.5 33.5 GV2-ME07 LC1-K06 GV2-ME07K1pp 0.460– 1.1 1.1

1.1 – 1.5 2.5…4 51 GV2-ME08 LC1-K06 GV2-ME08K1pp 0.4601.5 1.5 2.2

2.2 2.2 – 4…6.3 78 GV2-ME10 LC1-K06 GV2-ME10K1pp 0.460– 3 3

3 – 4 6…10 138 GV2-ME14 LC1-K09 GV2-ME14K1pp 0.4604 4 5.5

5.5 5.5 7.5 9…14 170 GV2-ME16 LC1-K12 GV2-ME16K1pp 0.460

Add-on blocksDescription Sold Unit Weight

in referencelots of kg

Combination block between circuit-breaker and contactor 10 GV2-AF01 0.020

Volts 24 110 220/230 230 230/240 380/400a 50/60 Hz B7 F7 M7 P7 U7 Q7c (4) BW3 – – – – –

GV2-ME06K1pp

8104

84References

Dimensions:page 24536/2

Schemes:page 24536/3




This pre-assembled combination comprises:- 1 motor circuit-breaker type GV2-ME,- 1 3-pole reversing contactor,- 1 combination block GV2-AF01.

D.O.L. starters, reversing

400/


(3) Please consult your Regional Sales Office.(4) Coil: low consumption (1.5 W), wide range (0.7…1.3 Uc) with integral suppression device as standard.

D.O.L. starters, reversing, from 0.37 to 5.5 kW at 400/415 V, type 1 coordination

Characteristics

Starter type GV2- ME06K2 ME07K2 ME08K2 ME10K2 ME14K2 ME16K2

Breaking capacity (Iq) (1) To IEC-947-4-1 400/415 V kA 50 50 50 50 50 15440 V kA 50 50 50 50 15 8500 V kA 50 50 50 50 10 (4 kW) 6

6 (5.5 kW)

References

Standard Setting Fixed For customer assembly Pre-assembled Weightpower ratings range of magnetic Motor Reversing Basic reference.of 3-phase thermal tripping circuit- contactor Complete with codemotors trips current breaker Reference indicating control50/60 Hz 13 Irth Reference to be circuit voltage (2)in AC-3 completed (3)

415V 440V 500VkW kW kW A A kg

0.37 0.37 0.37 1…1.6 22.5 GV2-ME06 LC2-K06 GV2-ME06K2pp 0.4600.55 0.55 0.55– – 0.75

0.75 0.75 – 1.6…2.5 33.5 GV2-ME07 LC2-K06 GV2-ME07K2pp 0.460– 1.1 1.1

1.1 – 1.5 2.5…4 51 GV2-ME08 LC2-K06 GV2-ME08K2pp 0.4601.5 1.5 2.2

2.2 2.2 – 4…6.3 78 GV2-ME10 LC2-K06 GV2-ME10K2pp 0.460– 3 3

3 – 4 6…10 138 GV2-ME14 LC2-K09 GV2-ME14K2pp 0.4604 4 5.5

5.5 5.5 7.5 9…14 170 GV2-ME16 LC2-K12 GV2-ME16K2pp 0.460

Add-on blocksDescription Sold Unit Weight

in referencelots of kg

Combination block between circuit-breaker and contactor 10 GV2-AF01 0.020

Volts 24 110 220/230 230 230/240 380/400a 50/60 Hz B7 F7 M7 P7 U7 Q7c (4) BW3 – – – – –

GV2-ME06K2pp

8104

85

References






This pre-assembled combination comprises:- 1 motor circuit-breaker type GV2-ME,- 1 3-pole contactor,- 1 combination block GV2-AF3.

D.O.L. starters, non-reversing (3)

400/


(3) Can be combined with type 2, see page 24539/3.(4) See page 24501/2.(5) Coil with integral suppression device as standard.

D.O.L. starters, non-reversing, from 0.06 to 15 kW at 400/415 V, type 1 coordination

Characteristics

Starter type GV2- DM102 DM114 DM116 DM120 DM121 DM122 DM132to DM110

Breaking capacity (Iq) (1) To IEC-947-4-1 400/415 V kA 50 50 15 15 15 15 10440 V kA 50 15 8 8 6 6 6500 V kA 50 10 6 6 4 4 4

References

Standard Setting Fixed For customer assembly Pre-assembled Weightpower ratings range of magnetic Motor Contactor Basic reference.of 3-phase thermal tripping circuit- Reference Complete with codemotors trips current breaker to be indicating control50/60 Hz 13 Irth Reference completed (4) circuit voltage (2)in AC-3


0.06 0.06 – 0.16…0.25 2.4 GV2-ME02 LC1-D09pp GV2-DM102pp 0.5960.09 0.09 –– 0.12 – 0.25…0.40 5 GV2-ME03 LC1-D09pp GV2-DM103pp 0.5960.12 –0.18 0.18 – 0.40…0.63 8 GV2-ME04 LC1-D09pp GV2-DM104pp 0.5960.25 0.25 –0.37 0.37 – 0.63…1 13 GV2-ME05 LC1-D09pp GV2-DM105pp 0.596– – 0.370.55 0.55 0.55 1…1.6 22.5 GV2-ME06 LC1-D09pp GV2-DM106pp 0.596– – 0.750.75 0.75 –– 1.1 1.1 1.6…2.5 33.5 GV2-ME07 LC1-D09pp GV2-DM107pp 0.5961.1 – 1.51.5 1.5 2.2 2.5…4 51 GV2-ME08 LC1-D09pp GV2-DM108pp 0.5962.2 2.2 –– 3 3 4…6.3 78 GV2-ME10 LC1-D09pp GV2-DM110pp 0.5963 – 44 4 5.5 6…10 138 GV2-ME14 LC1-D09pp GV2-DM114pp 0.596

5.5 5.5 7.5 9…14 170 GV2-ME16 LC1-D12pp GV2-DM116pp 0.6017.5 7.5 –– 9 9 13…18 223 GV2-ME20 LC1-D18pp GV2-DM120pp 0.606

9 11 11 17…23 327 GV2-ME21 LC1-D25pp GV2-DM121pp 0.646

11 – 15 20…25 327 GV2-ME22 LC1-D25pp GV2-DM122pp 0.646

15 15 18.5 24…32 416 GV2-ME32 LC1-D32pp GV2-DM132pp 0.651

Add-on blocksDescription Mounting of Sold in Unit Weight

GV2 lots of reference kg

Combination block between circuit-breaker 5 rail 10 GV2-AF3 0.016and contactor

Mtg. plate 10 GV2-AF4 0.016LAD-311

Volts 24 220 23050/60 Hz B7 M7 P7c (5) BD – –

810

486

GV2-DM102pp

References






This pre-assembled combination comprises:- 1 motor circuit-breaker type GV2-ME,- 1 3-pole reversing contactor,- 1 combination block GV2-AF3.

D.O.L. starters, reversing (3)


(3) Can be combined with type 2, see page 24540/3.(4) See page 24501/2.(5) Coil with integral suppression device as standard.

D.O.L. starters, reversing, from 0.06 to 15 kW at 400/415 V, type 1 coordination

Characteristics

Starter type GV2- DM202 DM214 DM216 DM220 DM221 DM222 DM232to DM210


References

Standard Setting Fixed For customer assembly Pre-assembled Weightpower ratings range of magnetic Motor Reversing Basic reference.of 3-phase thermal tripping circuit- contactor Complete with codemotors trips current breaker Reference indicating control50/60 Hz 13 Irth Reference to be circuit voltage (2)in AC-3 completed (4)400/ 415V 440V 500VkW kW kW A A kg

0.06 0.06 – 0.16…0.25 2.4 GV2-ME02 LC2-D09pp GV2-DM202pp 0.9630.09 0.09 –– 0.12 – 0.25…0.40 5 GV2-ME03 LC2-D09pp GV2-DM203pp 0.9630.12 – –0.18 0.18 – 0.40…0.63 8 GV2-ME04 LC2-D09pp GV2-DM204pp 0.9630.25 0.25 –0.37 0.37 – 0.63…1 13 GV2-ME05 LC2-D09pp GV2-DM205pp 0.963– – 0.370.55 0.55 0.55 1…1.6 22.5 GV2-ME06 LC2-D09pp GV2-DM206pp 0.963– – 0.750.75 0.75 –– 1.1 1.1 1.6…2.5 33.5 GV2-ME07 LC2-D09pp GV2-DM207pp 0.9631.1 – 1.51.5 1.5 2.2 2.5…4 51 GV2-ME08 LC2-D09pp GV2-DM208pp 0.9632.2 2.2 –– 3 3 4…6.3 78 GV2-ME10 LC2-D09pp GV2-DM210pp 0.9633 – 44 4 5.5 6…10 138 GV2-ME14 LC2-D09pp GV2-DM214pp 0.963

5.5 5.5 7.5 9…14 170 GV2-ME16 LC2-D12pp GV2-DM216pp 0.9737.5 7.5 –– 9 9 13…18 223 GV2-ME20 LC2-D18pp GV2-DM220pp 0.983

9 11 11 17…23 327 GV2-ME21 LC2-D25pp GV2-DM221pp 1.063

11 – 15 20…25 327 GV2-ME22 LC2-D25pp GV2-DM222pp 1.063

15 15 18.5 24…32 416 GV2-ME32 LC2-D32pp GV2-DM232pp 1.073

Add-on blocksDescription Mounting Sold in Unit Weight

of GV2 lots of reference kg



Volts 24 220 23050/60 Hz B7 M7 P7c (5) BD – –

8104

87

GV2-DM202pp

References






This pre-assembled combination comprises:- 1 motor circuit-breaker type GV2-P,- 1 3-pole contactor,- 1 combination block GV2-AF3


400/

(1) The breaking performance of circuit-breakers GV2-P can be increased by adding a current limiter GV1-L3, seepage 24509/5.(2) Standard control circuit voltages (for other voltages, please consult your Regional Sales Office).

(3) See page 24501/2.(4) Coil with integral suppression device as standard.

D.O.L. starters, non-reversing, from 0.06 to 15 kW at 400/415 V, type 2 coordination

Characteristics

Starter type GV2- DP102 DP114 DP116 DP120 DP121 DP122 DP132to DP110


References

Standard Setting Fixed For customer assembly Pre-assembled Weightpower ratings range of magnetic Motor Contactor Basic reference.of 3-phase thermal tripping circuit Reference Complete with codemotors trips current breaker to be indicating control50/60 Hz 13 Irth Reference completed (3) circuit voltage (2)in AC-3


0.06 0.06 – 0.16…0.25 2.4 GV2-P02 LC1-D09pp GV2-DP102pp 0.686– 0.090.09 0.12 – 0.25…0.40 5 GV2-P03 LC1-D09pp GV2-DP103pp 0.6860.12 – –0.18 0.18 – 0.40…0.63 8 GV2-P04 LC1-D09pp GV2-DP104pp 0.6860.25 0.25 –0.37 0.37 – 0.63…1 13 GV2-P05 LC1-D09pp GV2-DP105pp 0.686– – 0.370.55 0.55 0.55 1…1.6 22.5 GV2-P06 LC1-D09pp GV2-DP106pp 0.686– – 0.750.75 0.75 –– 1.1 1.1 1.6…2.5 33.5 GV2-P07 LC1-D09pp GV2-DP107pp 0.6861.1 – 1.51.5 1.5 2.2 2.5…4 51 GV2-P08 LC1-D09pp GV2-DP108pp 0.6962.2 2.2 –– 3 3 4…6.3 78 GV2-P10 LC1-D09pp GV2-DP110pp 0.7363 – 44 4 5.5 6…10 138 GV2-P14 LC1-D09pp GV2-DP114pp 0.7365.5 5.5 7.5– 7.5 9 9…14 170 GV2-P16 LC1-D25pp GV2-DP116pp 0.741

7.5 9 – 13…18 223 GV2-P20 LC1-D25pp GV2-DP120pp 0.736

9 11 11 17…23 327 GV2-P21 LC1-D25pp GV2-DP121pp 0.741

11 – 15 20…25 327 GV2-P22 LC1-D25pp GV2-DP122pp 0.741

15 15 18.5 24…32 416 GV2-P32 LC1-D32pp GV2-DP132pp 0.741

Add-on blocksDescription Mounting of Sold in Unit Weight

GV2 lots of reference kg



Volts 24 220 23050/60 Hz B7 M7 P7c (4) BD – –

GV2-DP102pp

810

488

References






This pre-assembled combination comprises:- 1 motor circuit-breaker type GV2-P,- 1 3-pole reversing contactor,- 1 combination block GV2-AF3.


400/

(1) The breaking performance of circuit-breakers GV2-P can be increased by adding a current limiter GV1-L3, seepage 24509/5.(2) Standard control circuit voltages (for other voltages, please consult your Regional Sales Office).

(3) See page 24501/2.(4) Coil with integral suppression device as standard.

D.O.L. starters, reversing, from 0.06 to 15 kW at 400/415, type 2 coordination

Characteristics

Starter type GV2- DP202 DP214 DP216 DP220 DP221 DP222 DP232to DP210


References

Standard Setting Fixed For customer assembly Pre-assembled Weightpower ratings range of magnetic Motor Reversing Basic reference.of 3-phase thermal tripping circuit- contactor Complete with codemotors trips current breaker Reference indicating control50/60 Hz 13 Irth Reference to be circuit voltage (2)in AC-3 completed (3)


0.06 0.06 – 0.16…0.25 2.4 GV2-P02 LC2-D09pp GV2-DP202pp 1.053– 0.090.09 0.12 – 0.25…0.40 5 GV2-P03 LC2-D09pp GV2-DP203pp 1.0530.12 – –0.18 0.18 – 0.40…0.63 8 GV2-P04 LC2-D09pp GV2-DP204pp 1.0530.25 0.25 –0.37 0.37 – 0.63…1 13 GV2-P05 LC2-D09pp GV2-DP205pp 1.053– – 0.370.55 0.55 0.55 1…1.6 22.5 GV2-P06 LC2-D09pp GV2-DP206pp 1.053– – 0.750.75 0.75 –– 1.1 1.1 1.6…2.5 33.5 GV2-P07 LC2-D09pp GV2-DP207pp 1.0531.1 – 1.51.5 1.5 2.2 2.5…4 51 GV2-P08 LC2-D09pp GV2-DP208pp 1.0732.2 2.2 –– 3 3 4…6.3 78 GV2-P10 LC2-D09pp GV2-DP210pp 1.1533 – 44 4 5.5 6…10 138 GV2-P14 LC2-D09pp GV2-DP214pp 1.1535.5 5.5 7.5– 7.5 9 9…14 170 GV2-P16 LC2-D25pp GV2-DP216pp 1.163

7.5 9 – 13…18 223 GV2-P20 LC2-D25pp GV2-DP220pp 1.153

9 11 11 17…23 327 GV2-P21 LC2-D25pp GV2-DP221pp 1.163

11 – 15 20…25 327 GV2-P22 LC2-D25pp GV2-DP222pp 1.163

15 15 18.5 24…32 416 GV2-P32 LC2-D32pp GV2-DP232pp 1.163

Add-on blocksDescription Mounting Sold Unit Weight

of in referenceGV2 lots of kg



Volts 24 220 23050/60 Hz B7 M7 P7c (4) BD – –

810

489

GV2-DP202pp

References




90

152

66

87

11

c1

c45

b

45

152

90

b

1

c1c

d1

125

± 3

1

c1

c

125

± 3

c1

c

d1

d

45

b

90

b

GV2-MEppKppp

GV2-DMppppp

GV2-DPppppp

On mounting rail AM1-DE200 GV2-MEppK1pp GV2-MEppK2pp

On mounting rail AM1-DE200 With adapter plate LAD-311 GV2-DM1pppp GV2-DM2pppp

GV2- DMp02pp to DMp21pp to GV2- DMp02pp to DMp21pp toDMp20pp DMp32pp DMp20pp DMp32pp

b 176.4 186.8 b 234 234c 99.6 105.9 c 135.6 141.9c1 94.1 100.4 c1 130.1 136.4

d 112.5 112.5d1 107 107

On mounting rail AM1-DE200 With adapter plate LAD-311 GV2-DP1pppp GV2-DP2pppp

GV2- DPp02pp to DPp10pp to GV2- DPp02pp to DPp10pp toDPp08pp DPp32pp DPp08pp DPp32pp

b 176.4 186.8 b 234 234c 105.6 111.9 c 141.6 147.9c1 100.1 106.4 c1 136.5 142.4d 100.5 100.5d1 95 95


Combination automatic motor starters

Dimensions, mounting

References :pages 24520/2 to 24520/7


– KM1

A2

A2

0102 02

– KM2

01

A1

A1

– KM1

A1

A2

A1

A2

0101

0202

– KM2

– KM1 – KM2

A1

A2

A2

A1

2/T

1

4/T

2

6/T

3

1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

T1/

2

T2/

4

T3/

6

13/N

O14

A1

A2

2/T

1

4/T

2

6/T

3

1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

14

A1

A2

12

34

56

L1 L2 L3

12

34

56

U V W

13/N

O

1413

/NO

A1

A2

2221

/NC

2221

/NC

2/T

1

4/T

2

6/T

3

1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

14

A1

A2

12

34

56

L1 L2 L3

12

34

56

U V W

13/N

O

1413

/NO

A1

A2

2221

/NC

2221

/NC

2/T

1

4/T

2

6/T

3

1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

T1/

2

T2/

4

T3/

6

13/N

O

T1/

2

T2/

4

T3/

614

13/N

O14

A1

A2

1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

A1

A2

2/T

1

4/T

2

6/T

3

1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

T1/

2

T2/

4

T3/

6

A1

A2

1413

/NO

2221

/NC

2/T

1

4/T

2

6/T

3

1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

T1/

2

T2/

4

T3/

6

A1

A2

1413

/NO

2221

/NC

Mechanical interlockwith integral electrical contacts

GV2-MEppK1pp GV2-DM1pppp GV2-DP1pppp

GV2-MEppK2pp GV2-DM2pppp GV2-DP2pppp

Control circuit a Control circuit c


Combination automatic motor starters

Schemes



(1) Thermal overload relay to be ordered separately (see pages 24514/3 and 24515/2).(2) Standard control circuit voltages.

For other voltages, please consult your Regional Sales Office.(3) Up until this date, the products will continue to be available with LS1-D2531A65 fuse carriers.

r Available 1st quarter 2002 (3)

Utilisation category AC-3 Fuses to Basic reference. WeightStandard power ratings Opera- be fitted by Complete with codeof 3-phase motors tional the customer indicating control50/60 Hz current circuit voltage (2)220 V 380 V 660 V 440 V Size Type230 V 400 V 415 V 440 V 500 V 690 V up to aMkW kW kW kW kW kW A A kg

2.2 4 4 4 5.5 – 9 10 x 38 12 LC4-D09App rr 0.870

3 5.5 5.5 5.5 7.5 – 12 10 x 38 16 LC4-D12App rr 0.870

4 7.5 9 9 10 – 18 10 x 38 20 LC4-D18App rr 1.150

5.5 11 11 11 15 – 25 10 x 38 25 LC4-D25App rr 1.580

7.5 15 15 15 18.5 18.5 32 14 x 51 32 LC4-D32App 2.630

11 18.5 22 22 22 30 40 14 x 51 40 LC4-D40pp 2.930

15 22 25 30 30 33 50 22 x 58 63 LC4-D50pp 3.200

18.5 30 37 37 37 37 65 22 x 58 80 LC4-D65pp 3.340

22 37 45 45 55 45 80 22 x 58 80 LC4-D80pp 3.650

Specifications

Pre-wired power and control circuit connections.

3-pole isolating device

LC4-D09App

106

558_

1

Volts 24 42 48 110 220 230 240 380 400 415 44050/60 Hz B7 D7 E7 F7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7

aTeSys motor starters - open version 1

D.O.L. starters, plate mounted, for motor control 4 to 37 kW, (1), with isolating device, pre-assembled

References

Dimensions :page 24546/3

Schemes :page 24546/3


c1

3612

4

110

88

90

165

==

173

b

c1

79

98

55

71

86

==

==

5063

3311

0

c

c1

c2

bb1

G

a

= =

==

60

100/

110

==

2 4 6

– Q1

2 4

1 3

– KM1

1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

65

LC4-D40…D80

D.O.L. starters

D.O.L. startersPlate mounted, pre-assembledLC4-D09A…D25A LC4-D32A

LC4- D09A…D18A D25A LC4- D32Ab 218 221 c1 without cover or add-on blocks 100c1 without cover or add-on blocks 94 100 with cover, without add-on block 102

with cover, without add-on block 96 102 with LAD-N or C (2 or 4 contacts) 133with LAD-N or C (2 or 4 contacts) 127 133 with LA6-DK10 145with LA6-DK10 139 145 with LAD-T, R, S 153with LAD-T, R, S 147 153 with LAD-T, R, S and sealing cover 157with LAD-T, R, S and sealing cover 151 157

LC4- D40…D65 D80a 281 311b 143 143c 130 140c1 without cover or add-on blocks 124 135

with cover, without add-on block 129 140with LA1-DN (1 contact) 149 160with LAD-N or C (2 or 4 contacts) 157 168with LA6-DK 169 180with LAD-T, R, S 177 188with LAD-T, R, S and sealing cover 181 192

c2 100 178

LC4-D09A to D80


D.O.L. starters, plate mounted, for motor control 4 to 37 kW, (1), with isolating device, pre-assembled

Dimensions, schemes

References :page 24546/2


0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

0 0,25 0,50 0,75 1

1

2

0

0,5

0 0,25 0,50 0,75 1

1

2

3

(1)1

1,5

2

2,5


Star-delta starters for motor control

This method of starting is applicable to motors on which all6 stator terminals are accessible and whose delta connectionvoltage corresponds to the mains voltage and

Star-delta starting should be used for motors starting onno-load or having a low load torque and gradual build-up: - the starting torque in star connection is reduced to onethird of the direct starting torque, i.e. about 50% of therated torque;- the starting current in star connection is about 1.8 to 2.6times the rated current.

The transition from star to delta connection must occur whenthe machine has run up to speed. A too rapid build-up in loadtorque would cause the stabilised run-up speed to be too lowand would therefore eliminate any advantage in this methodof starting: this is the case with certain machines whose loadtorque depends on the machine speed (a characteristic ofcentrifugal machines, for example).

All star-delta starters are supplied with a special LA2-DS2or LA2-KT2 time delay relay which imposes a delay on thedelta contactor during the transition period in order to allowthe star contactor sufficient breaking time.

For ratings D115 and D150, this function is performed bya time delay auxiliary contact block LA2-DT2 and a controlrelay.

1 Starting in direct delta connection2 Starting in star connection3 Machine resistive torque

(1) Motor manufacturers generally specify machine load torques. Example: maximum resistive torque on completion of star-delta start (expressed as a proportion of the rated torque).

Star-delta starting

Presentation

Current

Speed

Speed

Torque

1 Starting in direct delta connection2 Starting in star connection



Star-delta starters for motor control5.5 to 132 kW, (1), without isolating device,pre-assembled

delta connection

Maximum operating rate: 30 starts/hour. Maximum starting time: 30 seconds.


(1) Protection must be provided by the addition of an overload relay, to be ordered separately. Select appropriate overloadrelay for setting at 0.58 of the full load rated motor current (see pages 24514/2 and 24514/3).(2) Standard control circuit voltages

Star-delta starters LC3-K06 and K09

Star-delta starters LC3-D09A...D150, LC3-D090A…D320A

For other voltages, please consult your Regional Sales Office.(2) One auxiliary contact block type LAD-N can also be fitted, see page 24511/3.(3) These starters consist of contactors LC1-D115 or D150 without connectors.

Standard power ratings Auxiliary contacts available Star Basic reference. Weightof squirrel cage motors on each contactor delta Complete with

line delta star mechanical code indicatingKM2 KM3 KM1 interlock control circuit voltage (2)

Mains voltage -

220/ 380/230 V 400 V 415 V 440 VkW kW kW kW kg

Plate mounted

4 7.5 7.5 7.5 – – – – (3) – 1 With LC3-D09A 1.530

5.5 11 11 11 – – – – (3) – 1 With LC3-D12A 1.530

11 18.5 22 22 – – – – (3) – 1 With LC3-D18A 1.730

15 25 30 30 – – – – (3) – 1 With LC3-D32A 2.030

18.5 37 37 37 – 1 1 – (3) – 1 Without LC3-D40 4.360With LC3-D40A64 4.500

30 55 59 59 – 1 1 – (3) – – (3) Without LC3-D50 4.360With LC3-D50A64 4.500

37 75 75 75 – 1 1 – (3) – – (3) Without LC3-D80 5.200With LC3-D80A64 5.400

63 110 110 110 – 1 1 – (3) – – (3) Without LC3-D115 (4) 11.800With LC3-D115A64 (4) 12.100

75 132 132 147 – 1 1 – (3) – 1 (3) Without LC3-D150 (4) 12.100With LC3-D150A64 (4) 12.100

Rail mounted (35 mm rail)

3 5.5 5.5 5.5 – – – – – 1 With LC3-K06 0.740

4 7.5 7.5 7.5 – – – – – 1 With LC3-K09 0.740


4 7.5 7.5 7.5 – – – – (3) – 1 With LC3-D090A 1.530

5.5 11 11 11 – – – – (3) – 1 With LC3-D120A 1.530

11 18.5 22 22 – – – – (3) – 1 With LC3-D180A 1.730

15 25 30 30 – – – – (3) – 1 With LC3-D320A 2.030

Volts 50/60 Hz 24 36 42 48 110 220 230 240 380 400 415 440

Code B7 C7 D7 E7 F7 M7 P7 U7 – – – –

Code B7 – D7 E7 F7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7

References

LC3-D32A

Dimensions : pages 24549/2 and 24549/3



KM2

KM2

KM2

KM1

KM3

1c

1c2 1a

1b

a

a

a

a

a

1b

1



Star-delta starters, for motor control,7.5 to 132 kW (1), without mechanical interlock,for customer assembly (on plate or on mounting rail) (2)

Maximum operating rate: 30 starts/hour. Maximum starting time : 30 seconds

Separate parts

Maximum operating rate : 30 starts/hour. Maximum starting time : 30 seconds

(1) Protection must be provided by the addition of a thermal overload relay, to be ordered separately. Select appropriateoverload relay for setting at 0.58 of the rated motor current, see pages 24514/2 and 24514/3.(2) For mounting, assembly and cabling: refer to installation instructions supplied with the equipment.(3) See comments on page 24547/2.(4) See page 24501/2.(5) For D115 and D150 components, see illustration and separate parts on pages 24548/4 and 24548/5.(6) A D12 component is adequate for the application, but use of a D18 is recommended.(connection capacity, correct use of power connection kit and connections).(7) A D18 component is adequate for the application, but use of a D25 is recommended. (connection capacity, correct use of power connection kit and connections).

Starters for direct combination with circuit-breaker

Standard power ratings Motor Contactors (basic references to be completedof squirrel cage motors (3) thermal- with code indicating the voltage) (4)Mains voltage-delta magnetic400/ MCB415 V 440 V line delta starkW kW KM2 KM3 KM1

7.5 7.5 GV2-ME20 LC1-D09pp LC1-D09pp LC1-D09pp– 9 GV2-ME20 LC1-D12pp LC1-D12pp LC1-D09pp9 11 GV2-ME21 LC1-D12pp LC1-D12pp LC1-D09pp11 – GV2-ME22 LC1-D12pp LC1-D12pp LC1-D09pp15 15 GV2-ME32 LC1-D18pp LC1-D18pp LC1-D09pp

Description Illustration Reference Weightitem no. kg

Mounting kit comprising: power circuit connections a LAD-912GV 0.130and 1 time delay contact block LAD-S2

Starters for mounting separately from upstream protection

Standard power ratings Contactors (basic references to be completed Separate partsof squirrel cage motors (3) with code indicating the voltage) (4) (see below)Mains voltage-delta220/ 380/230 V 400 V 415 V 440 V line delta starkW kW kW kW KM2 KM3 KM1 Component types

4 7.5 7.5 7.5 LC1-D09pp LC1-D09pp LC1-D09pp D095.5 11 11 11 LC1-D18pp (6) LC1-D12pp LC1-D09pp D1211 18.5 22 22 LC1-D25pp (7) LC1-D25pp (7) LC1-D09pp D1815 25 30 30 LC1-D32pp LC1-D32pp LC1-D18pp D3218.5 37 37 37 LC1-D40pp LC1-D40pp LC1-D40pp D4030 55 59 59 LC1-D50pp LC1-D50pp LC1-D40pp D5037 75 75 75 LC1-D80pp LC1-D80pp LC1-D50pp D8063 110 110 110 LC1-D115pp LC1-D115pp LC1-D80pp D115 (5)75 132 132 147 LC1-D150pp LC1-D150pp LC1-D115pp D150 (5)

Separate partsDescription Illustration For Reference Weight

item no. componentstype (5)

kg

Mounting kit comprising: D09 and D18 LAD-91217 0.180- 1 time delay contact block LAD-S2 1 a(D09…D80) (3) D18 and D32 LAD-93217 0.310- power circuit connections 1 b(D09…D80) D40 and D50 LA9-D5017 0.380- screws and clamps for fixing 1 ccontactors to the plate (D40…D80). D80 LA9-D8017 0.680

Equipment mounting plate 2 D09, D12, D18 LA9-D12974 0.150

D32 LA9-D32974 0.180

D40 and D50 LA9-D40973 0.300

D80 LA9-D80973 0.300

References

a

Illustrations :page 24548/2




13 7 129 11 10 3

854

6

14

8

8



Star-delta starters, for motor control,7.5 to 132 kW (1), without mechanical interlock,for customer assembly (on plate or on mounting rail) (2)

(1) Protection must be provided by the addition of a thermal overload relay, to be ordered separately. Select appropriateoverload relay for setting at 0.58 of the rated motor current, see pages 24514/2 and 24514/3.(2) For mounting, assembly and cabling: refer to installation instructions supplied with the equipment.(3) See page 24525/3.(4) Pour vente par lot sous emballage collectif, voir page A0005/3

Separate parts (continued)

Description Illustration For No. Sold in Unit Weightitem no. use on lots of reference kg

Instantaneous auxiliary 1 D115 1 1 LAD-N10 0.020contact block (star)1N/O

Auxiliary contactor 3 D115, D150 1 1 CAD-32pp (3) 0.320

Time delay auxiliary 4 D115, D150 1 1 LAD-T2 0.060contact blocks

Lead sealing kit for 5 D115, D150 1 1 LA9-D901 0.005time delay auxiliarycontact blocks

Thermal magnetic 6 D115, D150 2 6 GB2-CB05 0.060circuit-breaker forcontrol circuit (200…415 V)

Set of 3 connectors for 7 D115, D150 1 1 LA9-FG980 0.200wider terminations (optional)

Set of power connections 8 D115 1 1 LA9-D11517 0.800with fixing accessories

D150 1 1 LA9-D15017 1.050

Spare volt free terminals 9 D115, D150 1 10 DZ3-HA3 0.007

2 10 DZ3-GA3 0.006

Lug-connector 10 D115, D150 1 10 AB1-BC9535 0.236terminal block

Terminal end stop 11 D115, D150 3 100 AB1-AB8M35 0.005

Mounting rail 5 35 mm 12 D115, D150 1 10 AM1-ED021 0.210

Pre-slotted plate 13 D115, D150 1 1 AM3-PA65 1.950

Screw with captive washer 14 D115, D150 12 100 AF1-VA618 0.006

2 100 AF1-VA410 0.002

References (continued)

a





94

110

175

150

175 (1)

4514

3

263

281

==

60

=10

0/11

0

==

=

a

G

H

c

b

c 4

124

b

90= =

a

110KM2

KM3 KM1

110

183 (1)

4714

3

293

311

==

60

=10

0/11

0

==

=

Dimensions TeSys motor starters - open version 1


References : pages 24547/2 to 24548/5

Schemes : page 24549/3

Star-delta starters

Pre-assembled: LC3-D115, D150For customer assembly: 3 x LC1-D with components D115 or D150

Plate mounted, pre-assemled Pre-assembled: LC3-K LC3-D09A…D32A

For customer assembly: 3 x LC1-D with components D09 to D32

LC3- D09A D12A D18A D32Aa 143 143 144 165b 26.5 26.5 26.5 32.5c with LAD-S 139 139 139 145

with LAD-S and sealing cover 143 143 143 149Pre-assembled: LC3-D40, D50 Pre-assembled: LC3-D80For customer assembly: 3 x LC1-D with components D40 or D50 For customer assembly: 3 x LC1-D with components D80

(1) + 4 mm with sealing cover (1) + 4 mm with sealing cover

a b c G HLC3-D115 or 3 x LC1-D with components D115 450 555 205 425 526LC3-D150 or 3 x LC1-D with components D150 450 555 205 425 526

On starters LC3-D09A to D18A, a connection block is mounted on the upper part of contactor KM2, increasing the overall height of the product by 6.5 mm.


c

b

2xØ7

160

175

KM2KM3 KM1

U1

V1

W1

U2

V2

W2

2 4 6

– KM2

12

34

56

– KM3

12

34

56

– KM1

12

34

56

U1

V1

W1

U2

V2

W2

1 3 5

2 4 6

L1 L2 L3

(1)

KM2 : 1 (N)

O

T

T

I

Y

L

KM3 : 5

– KM3 – KM2– KM1

– KM154 53

A1

A2

A1

A2

A1

A2

A1

A2

– KM1– KM3

2122

2221

1516

9596

– KM2

1413

A1

A2

– KM1

1314

2122

2221

– KM355

56

– KM2

1314

– KM1

9596

KM3/5

O

l

6867

– KM2

A1

A2

– KM3

2221

– KM1

A1

A2

– KM2

1314

– KM2

KM3/1

N

Remotecontrol

– KM2

12

34

56

– KM3

12

34

56

– KM1

12

34

56

U1

V1

W1

U2

V2

W2

1 3 5

2 4 6

L1 L2 L3

U1

V1

W1

U2

V2

W2

2 4 6

(1)

Recommended cabling for reversal of motor rotation (standard motor, viewed from shaft end).

A1

A2

– KM1

1314

2122

162

161

– KM3

5556

– KM2

184

183

– KM1

9596

– F1

– F1

O

l

153

154

– KM2

A1

A2

– KA1

A1

A2

– KM2

153

154

– KM1

– F2

171

6768

– KM2

172

– KM1

1314

A1

A2

– KM3

– KA1

Y L

Remotecontrol

Dimensions, schemes




Star-delta startersOn mounting rail AM1-DP, pre-assembledLC3-D090A to D320A

Schemes

LC3-D090A to D320A

LC3-D115 and D150

LC3- D090A to D180A D320b 153 137c with LAD-S 139 145

with LAD-S and sealing cover 143 149

LC3-K, LC3-D09A to D80 LC3-K LC3-D

LC3-D09A to D18Amechanical interlockbetween KM3 and KM1(1) Recommended cabling forreversal of motor rotation(standard motor, viewed from shaft end)


0 0,25 0,50 0,75 1

1

2

0

,5

0 0,25 0,50 0,75 1

1

2

3

(1)1

,5

2

,5

Presentation Motor starters - open version 1


This method of starting is only applicable to 3-phasemotors whose delta connection corresponds to the mainsvoltage and on which all 6 stator terminals are accessible.

Star-delta starting should be used for motors starting onno-load or having a low load torque and gradual build-up:- the starting torque in star connection is reduced to onethird of the direct starting torque, i.e. about 50% of therated torque;- the starting current in star connection is about 1.8 to 2.6times the rated current.

The transition from star to delta connection must occurwhen the machine has run up to speed. A too rapid build-up in load torque would cause the stabilised run-up speedto be too low and would therefore eliminate any advantagein this method of starting: this is the case with certainmachines whose load torque depends on its speed (acharacteristic of centrifugal machines, for example).

Switching from star to delta connection must be completedwithin a minimum time.This function is performed by a control relay and a timedelay auxiliary contact block.

1 Starting in delta connection2 Starting in star connection

1 Starting in delta connection2 Starting in star connection3 Machine resistive torque

(1) Motor manufacturers generally specify the machine load torques.Example: maximum resistive torque on completion of star-delta start (expressed as a proportion of the rated torque).

Star-delta starting

Current

Speed

Speed

Torque


Motor starters - open version 1

Star-delta starters for motor control,90 to 375 kW, (1) without isolating device, pre-assembled

Star-delta starters, pre-assembled

Maximum operating rate : 12 starts/hour.Maximum starting time :- LC3-F: 20 seconds.- LC3-FA64: 30 seconds (3 identical contactors).Composition of starters without mechanical interlock, see pages 25018/3 and 25018/5.

Standard power ratings Auxiliary contacts Star-delta Basic reference. Weightof squirrel cage motors available on mechanical Complete with code

each contactor interlock indicating controlline delta star circuit voltage (2)KM2 KM3 KM1

Mains voltage -delta connection220/ 380/ 415 V 440 V230 V 400 V (3)kW kW kW kW kg

90 160 160 185 1 2 2 1 1 1 Without LC3-F185 16.500

With LC3-F185A64 16.625

100 200 200 220 1 2 2 1 1 1 Without LC3-F225 16.500

With LC3-F225A64 16.625

110 220 220 250 1 2 2 1 1 1 Without LC3-F265 27.300

With LC3-F265A64 27.425

160 280 280 315 1 2 2 1 1 1 Without LC3-F330 37.000

With LC3-F330A64 37.125

185 315 355 375 1 2 2 1 1 1 Without LC3-F400 37.000

With LC3-F400A64 37.125

(1) Protection must be provided by the addition of an overload relay, to be ordered separately. Select appropriate relayfor setting at 0.58 of the full load rated motor current, see pages 27074/2 and 27074/3.(2) Standard control circuit voltages.

Volts 50/60 Hz 48 110 115 220/230 230 240 380/400 400 415Code E7 F7 FE7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7For other voltages, please consult your Regional Sales Office.(3) One auxiliary contact block type LAD-N can be fitted.

References

LC3-FA64





See page 25018/4*

1



Star-delta starters for motor control, 90 to 375 kW, (1), for customer assembly (on chassis)

(1) Protection must be provided by the addition of an overload relay, to be ordered separately. Select appropriate relayfor setting at 0.58 the full load rated motor current, see pages 27074/2 and 27074/3.(2) Contactors supplied with coil. Complete the reference by adding the control circuit voltage code.Standard control circuit voltages (variable delivery times, please consult your Regional Sales Office).

LC1-D150

(3) For longer starting times, please consult your Regional Sales Office.(4) For other accessories, see page 25018/5.(5) Coil LX1: LC1-F265, F330 and F400; coil LX9: LC1F185 and F225.(6) Except for LC1-F400.

Contactors

Standard power ratings Contactors (2) Accessoriesof squirrel cage motors line delta star (see below)220/230 V 380/400 V 415 V 440 VkW kW kW kW KM2 KM3 KM1 Component type

Maximum operating rate: 12 starts/hour. Maximum starting time: 20 seconds (3)

90 160 160 185 LC1-F185 LC1-F185 LC1-D150 F185

100 200 200 220 LC1-F225 LC1-F225 LC1-F185 F225

110 220 220 250 LC1-F265 LC1-F265 LC1-F185 F265

160 280 280 315 LC1-F330 LC1-F330 LC1-F265 F330

185 315 355 375 LC1-F400 LC1-F400 LC1-F265 F400

Accessories (4)

Description Illustration For No. Sold in Unit Weightitem no. use with lots of reference kg

Instantaneous auxiliary 1 F185 to F400 3 1 LAD-N22 0.050contact blocks2 N/O + 2 N/C

Control relay 2 F185 to F400 1 1 CAD-N32 0.580

Time delay auxiliary 3 F185 to F400 1 1 LAD-T2 0.060contact blocks

Lead sealing kit 4 F185 to F400 1 1 LA9-D901 0.005

Thermal magnetic 5 F185 to F400 2 6 GB2-CB10 0.050circuit breaker for5 A control circuit

Set of 3 connectors for 6 F185 1 1 LA9-FG980 0.200wider terminals (option)

F225 to F400 1 1 LA9-FJ980 0.490

Sets of 7 F185 1 1 LA9-F18517 0.800power connections

F225 1 1 LA9-F22510 1.400

F265 1 1 LA9-FH610 1.400

F330 and F400 1 1 LA9-FJ610 1.500

Set of 3 busbars for 8 F185 to F400 1 1 LA7-F (Selected according to sizethermal overload of thermal overload relay) see pagesconnections 27074/2 and 27074/3.

Volts 48 110 115 120 220 230 240 380 400 41550/60 Hz E7 F7 FE7 G7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7

LC1-F185 and F225Volts 48 110 115 120 220 230 240 380 400 41550 Hz (coil LX1) E5 F5 FE5 – M5 P5 U5 Q5 V5 N560 Hz (coil LX1) E6 F6 – G6 M6 – U6 Q6 – –

LC1-F185 to F400Volts 48 110 115 120 220 230 240 380 400 41540… 400 Hz (5) E7 (6) F7 FE7 G7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7Standard voltages, see page 25008/2.For other voltages between 24 and 660 V, see pages 25014/2 to 25014/9.

References





See page 25018/2*

1



Star-delta starters for motor control, 90 to 375 kW, (1), for customer assembly (on chassis)

(1) Protection must be provided by the addition of an overload relay, to be ordered separately.Select appropriate relayfor setting at 0.58 the full load rated motor current, see pages 27074/2 and 27074/3.(2) Supplied in 2 m lengths. See page 25019/2 for cutting to length.

Accessories (continued from page 25018/3)

Description Illustration For No. Sold in Unit Weightitem no. use with lots of reference

Spare volt free terminal 9 F185 3 10 DZ3-GA3 0.006

F225…F400 3 10 DZ3-HA3 0.007

Neutral terminals with 10 F185 1 10 AB1-BC9535 0.236stop and sparevolt free terminal 2 100 AB1-AB8P35 0.006(for control circuit)

1 10 DZ3-HA3 0.007

F225 & F265 1 10 AB1-BC15035 0.277

2 100 AB1-AB8M35 0.007

1 10 DZ3-JA3 0.010

F330 & F400 1 10 AB1-BC24035 0.287

2 100 AB1-AB8M35 0.007

1 10 DZ3-JA3 0.010

Reducer bracket 11 F400 2 1 LA9-F100 0.100

Mounting rails (2) 12 F185…F400 1 10 AM1-DE200 0.900

13 F185…F400 1 4 AM1-EC200 2.980

Uprights (2) 14 F115…F400 2 4 AM1-EC200 2.980

1/4 turn sliding 15 F185…F400 2 10 AF1-CD061 0.020nuts and boltsfor mounting rail AM1-DE

100 AF1-VA618 0.006

1/4 turn sliding 16 F185…F400 8 10 AF1-CD081 0.020nuts and boltsfor mounting rail AM1-EC

10 AF1-VC820 0.024

1/4 turn sliding 17 F185…F330 15 10 AF1-CD061 0.020nuts and boltsfor mounting equipment 100 AF1-VA618 0.006

F400 8 10 AF1-CD061 0.020

10 AF1-CD081 0.020

100 AF1-VA618 0.006

10 AF1-VC820 0.024

4 – 25 x H6 screws with washers

Enclosures: metal, – F185…F225 1 1 ACM-GV763 19.090grey RAL 7032

F265 1 1 ACM-GV973 33.310

F330 & F400 1 1 ACM-GV1084 54.000

Fixing lugs – – 4 4 AE3-FX122 0.080adjustable forenclosure ACM

References (continued)




Motor starters - open versionintegral 18, 32 and 63 contactor breakers and reversing contactor breakers

Applications 3-phase automatic motor starter ensuring operating reliability. Overall concept allowing protection, power switching, fully

Standard 220/240 0.06 0.09 0.12 0.25 0.55 0.75 1.5 2.2 4power 0.18 0.37 1.1 3ratings 400/415 0.06 0.09 0.12 0.18 0.37 0.55 1.1 1.5 3 4 9of motors 0.25 0.75 2.2 5.5(50/60 Hz), 440 V 0.37 0.55 1.1 1.5 2.2 4 5.5 9in kW 480/525 V 0.37 0.75 1.1 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11

600/690 V 0.37 0.55 1.1 1.5 3 4 7.5 10 15

Adjustable thermal protection Min 0.10 0.16 0.25 0.40 0.63 1.00 1.6 2.5 4 6 10 12(Irth) (A) Max 0.16 0.25 0.40 0.63 1.00 1.60 2.5 4 6 10 16 18

Magnetic protection (A)Fixed at 15 x Irth max 2.4 3.75 6 9.45 15 24 37.5 60 90 150 195 270

Adjustable: 6 Min – – – – – – – – – – – –to 12 Irth max Max – – – – – – – – – – – –

Breaking 220/240 V ≥130 ≥130 ≥130 ≥130 ≥130 ≥130 ≥130 ≥130 ≥130 50 (65) 50 (65) 50 (65)capacity 400/415 V ≥130 ≥130 ≥130 ≥130 ≥130 ≥130 ≥130 ≥130 ≥130 50 (65) 50 (65) 50 (65)in kA w/o 440 V ≥130 ≥130 ≥130 ≥130 ≥130 ≥130 ≥130 ≥130 50 (65) 50 (65) 25 (65) 25 (65)(or with) 480/525 V ≥130 ≥130 ≥130 ≥130 ≥130 ≥130 ≥130 ≥130 50 (65) 10 (65) 7.5 (65) 7.5 (65)limiter (1) 600/690 V ≥130 ≥130 ≥130 ≥130 ≥130 ≥130 50 (50) 50 (50) 5 (42) 5 (42) 2 (42) 2 (42)

Rated operational 18 Acurrent in AC-43

Number of poles and 3-pole, non reversingoperating directions 2 x 3-pole, reversing

LockingWithout control test functioon YesWith control test function No

Type references of LD1-LB (2) + LB1-LB03P.contactor-breakers + LD5-LB (2) + LB1-LB03Pprotection modulesor complete unit (2) or LD3-LB (3)

Pages 21154/2 to 21154/11 There are no standard power ratings for these motors.(1) The breaking capacity with current limiter is shown in brackets.(2) Without control test function, with padlocking facility.

Selection guide

visible isolation and padlocking. For control and protection of resistive circuits in AC-1, see references pages 4/116 and 4/117

0.06 0.09 0.18 0.37 0.55 1.1 1.5 3 5.5 7.5 3 4 5.5 7.5 9 11 150.12 0.25 0.75 2.2 2.2

1.1 1.5 2.2 4 7.5 11 15 5.5 9 11 15 22 25 33

0.37 0.55 1.1 1.5 2.2 4 7.5 11 15 5.5 9 11 15 22 25 33 0.37 0.75 1.1 2.2 3.7 5.5 10 15 18.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 25 33 40 0.55 1.1 1.5 3 4 7.5 11 18.5 25 10 15 18.5 22 33 45 55

0.25 0.40 0.63 1.00 1.6 2.5 4 6.3 10 16 23 10 13 18 23 28 35 450.40 0.63 1.00 1.60 2.5 4.0 6.3 10 16 25 32 13 18 25 32 40 50 63

– – – – – – – – – – – 195 270 375 480 600 750 945

2.4 3.78 6 9.6 15 24 37.8 60 96 150 192 78 108 150 192 240 300 3784.8 7.56 12 19.2 30 48 75.6 120 192 300 384 156 216 300 384 480 600 756

≥130 ≥130 ≥130 ≥130 ≥130 ≥130 ≥130 ≥130 ≥130 50 (65) 50 (65) ≥130 ≥130 ≥130 ≥130 ≥130 ≥130 ≥130≥130 ≥130 ≥130 ≥130 ≥130 ≥130 ≥130 ≥130 ≥130 50 (65) 50 (65) ≥130 ≥130 ≥130 50 50 50 50≥130 ≥130 ≥130 ≥130 ≥130 ≥130 ≥130 ≥130 50 (65) 50 (65) 50 (65) ≥130 ≥130 50 50 50 50 50≥130 ≥130 ≥130 ≥130 ≥130 ≥130 ≥130 ≥130 15 (65) 15 (65) 15 (65) ≥130 ≥130 35 35 30 30 30≥130 ≥130 ≥130 ≥130 ≥130 ≥130 15 (42) 10 (42) 4 (42) 4 (42/20) 4 (42/20) 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

32 A 63 A

3-pole, non reversing2 x 3-pole, reversing

3-pole, non reversing2 x 3-pole, reversing

Yes YesYes Yes

LD1-LC (2) + LB1-LC03P (5). LD1-LD (2) + LB1-LD03 (6).LD4-LC (4) + LB1-LC03P (5). LD4-LD (4) + LB1-LD03 (6),LD5-LC (4) + LB1-LC03P (5) LD5-LD (4) + LB1-LD03 (6)

21157/2 to 21157/13 21160/2 to 21160/13(3) Complete unit consisting of a contractor-breaker with protection module, supplied assembled.(4) With control test function and padlocking facility. Black or red knob on yellow background.(5) Fixed magnetic protection. (6) LB1-LD03M for adjustable magnetic protection or LB1-LD03P for fixed magnetic protection.



integral 18, 32 and 63 contactor breakers and reversing contactor breakers

General

Integral : a high performance concept for reliability of operation

Functions performedby integral units

Power switching

References Integral 18 :pages 21162/2 to 21164/3


References Integral 63 : pages 21169/2 to 21172/3

Dimensions, schemes :pages 21009/2 to 21011/5

Integral 18, 32 and 63 contactor breakers combine all the functions of a powerswitching assembly up to 63 A in a single compact device.

They conform to the main standards currently in force, in particular IEC 947-1,IEC 947-2, IEC 947-3, IEC 947-4-1 and IEC 947-6-2 (welding of power polesimpossible), as well as to international approvals UL, CSA…, and the Europe-an directives.

The integral range ensures reliability of operation up to 63 A. In addition tosafety of operation, integral has numerous other functions: increased protection,communication, remote control, fault identification, isolation, padlocking.

The equipment in a power switching circuit must perform 4 main functions: power switching, isolation, overload protection, short-circuit protection.These functions are traditionally performed by separate devices which must be combined to form a motor starterassembly, the most common being:- fuses + contactor + thermal overload relay,- circuit breaker + contactor + thermal overload relay.

Contactor (for automatic and remote control)

Operational power for use in cate-gory AC-43 : - up to 30 kW at 400/415 V 50 Hz.- up to 33 kW at 440 V 50 Hz.

Electrical life in number of operat-ing cycles, in category AC-43, at415 V and at rated power:- 2 million for integral 18, - 1.5 million for integral 32, - 1.2 million for integral 63.

Mechanical life in number of oper-ating cycles:- 20 million operating cycles for inte-gral 18, - 10 million for integral 32, - 5 million for integral 63.

Reversing pairs

Two 3-pole contactors, horizontallymounted:- mechanically and electrically inter-locked for integral 18.- mechanically interlocked for inte-gral 32 and 63.

Can be fitted with the same protec-tion modules as integral contactorbreakers.


Isolation conforming to IEC 947

Integral 18, 32 and 63 contactor breakers provide isolation and padlockingfunctions conforming to standards IEC 947. In addition, integral 32 and 63 “LD4” contactor breakers and “LD5” reversingcontactor breakers incorporate specific poles for control testing and padlock-ing.

Thermal-magnetic protection module (for protection against overload andovercurrent)

A range of interchangeable modulesallows the equipment to be adaptedto suit: the rated operational current (rat-

ing and settings), the application:- motors,- frequent starting motors,- distribution circuits.

High breaking capacity current limiting circuit breaker

For short-circuit protection.

High breaking capacity with short-circuit limited by ultra-fast tripping.

Possibility of increasing the breakingcapacity of the integral unit by addinga current limiter (LA9-LB920).

The current limiter is fitted upstreamof the integral unit.Several integral units may be fitteddownstream of the current limiter

These devices provide comprehensive local signalling:- pole position indicator,- different signalling for “overload” and “short-circuit”.

They also allow dialogue with the automated control system by means of numer-ous add-on blocks:- auxiliary contact and signalling blocks,- remote electrical reset device for integral 32 and 63,- undervoltage and shunt trips for integral 32 and 63,- control circuit switching,- etc.

Integral 18 and 32 contactor breakers and reversing contactor breakers clip directly onto 35 mm rails.Integral 63 contractor breakers and reversing contactor breakers fit onto 75 mm rails using a separatemounting plate.Integral units can also be mounted on:- panels,- pre-slotted mounting plates type AM1-P,- 2 x 35 mm rails using sliding clip nuts,- CMD prefabricated plug-in busbar trunking (providing an economical assembly, combining safety andsimplicity of use),- AK5 panel busbar systems.

(Ith = 63 A, Ie = 32 A).



General

Signalling and attachments

Simple fixing andcabling methods

Functions performed by integral units (continued)

Isolation

Overloadprotection

Short-circuitprotection








Note: these definitions are based on extracts from standard IEC 947.

(1) Conventional free air thermal current, conforming to IEC standards.

Altitude The rarefied atmosphere at high altitude reduces the dielectric strength of theair and hence the rated operational voltage of the contactor breaker. It alsoreduces the cooling effect of the air and hence the rated operational currentof the contactor breaker (unless the temperature drops at the same time).

No derating is necessary up to 3000 m.

Derating factors to be applied above this altitude for main pole operationalvoltage and current (a.c. supply) are as follows:

Altitude 3500 m 4000m 4500m 5000m

Rated operational voltage 0.90 0.80 0.70 0.60Rated operational current 0.92 0.90 0.88 0.86

Ambient air temperature The temperature of the air surrounding the device, measured near to thedevice. The operating characteristics are given:- with no restriction for temperatures between - 5 and + 55 °C.- with no restrictions, if necessary, for temperatures between - 50 and + 70 °C.

Rated operational current (le) This is defined taking into account the rated operational voltage, operatingrate and duty, utilisation category and air temperature around the device.

Rated conventional thermal current(Ith) (1)

The current which a closed contactor breaker can sustain for a minimum of 8hours without its temperature rise exceeding the limits given in the standards.

Short time rating The current which a closed contactor breaker can sustain for a short time,after a period of no load, without dangerous overheating.

Rated operational voltage (Ue) This is the voltage value which, in conjunction with the rated operational cur-rent, determines the use of the contactor breaker or starter, and on which thecorresponding tests and the utilisation category are based. For 3-phase cir-cuits, it is expressed as the voltage between phases.Apart from exceptional cases such as rotor short-circuiting, the rated opera-tional voltage Ue is less than or equal to the rated insulation voltage Ui.

Rated control circuit voltage (Uc)

The rated value of the control circuit voltage, on which the operating charac-teristics are based. For a.c. applications, the values are given for a near sinu-soidal wave form (less than 5% total harmonic distortion).

Rated insulation voltage (Ui) This is the voltage value used to define the insulation characteristics of adevice and referred to in dielectric tests determining leakage paths andcreepage distances. As the specifications are not identical for all standards,the rated values given for each of them are not necessarily the same.

Rated impulse withstand voltage (Uimp)

This is the highest peak value of an impulse voltage, of prescribed form andpolarity, which the device is able to withstand without failure under specifiedtest conditions, and to which isolation clearance values are referred.The ratedimpulse withstand voltage of a device must be equal to or higher than the val-ues stated for the transient overvoltages appearing in the circuit in which thedevice is fitted

Rated operational power(expressed in kW)

The rated power of the standard motor which can be switched by the contac-tor breaker, at the stated operational voltage.

Terminology






t

T

Note: these definitions are based on extracts from standard IEC 947.

(1) For a.c. applications, the breaking and making capacities are expressed by the rms value of the symmetricalcomponent of the short-circuit current. Taking into account the maximum asymmetry which may exist in the circuit, thecontacts therefore have to withstand a peak asymmetrical current which may be twice the rms symmetrical component.

Rated breaking capacity(lq) (1)

This is the current value which the contactor breaker can break in accordancewith the breaking conditions specified in the IEC standard

Rated making capacity (1) This is the current value which the contactor breaker can make in accordancewith the making conditions specified in the IEC standard.

On-load factor (m) This is the ratio between the time the current flows (t) and the duration of thecycle (T):

m =

Cycle duration: duration of current flow + time at zero current.

Pole impedance The impedance of one pole is the sum of the impedance of all the circuitcomponents between the input terminal and the output terminal.

The impedance comprises a resistive component (R) and an inductivecomponent (X = Lω). The total impedance therefore depends on thefrequency and is normally given for 50 Hz. The average value is given for thepole at its rated operational current.

Electrical durability This is the average number of on-load operating cycles which the main polecontacts can perform without maintenance. The electrical durability dependson the utilisation category, the rated operational current and the ratedoperational voltage.

Mechanical durability This is the average number of no-load operating cycles (i.e. with zero current flow through the main poles) which the contactor breaker can perform without mechanical failure.

Coordination The coordination of protection devices involves combining, in a selective way,a short-circuit protection device (fuses or magnetic circuit breakers) with acontactor and an overload protection device. Its objective is to break anyabnormal current, in plenty of time, without any danger to personnel whilstproviding adequate protection of the equipment against an overload or ashort-circuit current.

Type 1 - IEC 947-4-1In a short-circuit condition, the contactor or starter must not present any dangerto personnel or installations and may not be able to resume operation withoutrepair or the replacement of parts.

Type 2 - IEC 947-4-1In a short-circuit condition, the contactor or starter must not present any dangerto personnel or installations and must be able to resume operation. The risk ofcontact welding is permissible if they can be easily separated.

Total, ensuring reliability of operation - IEC 947-6-2In the event of a short-circuit, no damage or risk of welding is permissible onthe equipment constituting the motor starter. Operation can be resumedwithout any maintenance.

Terminology (continued) Motor starters - open version 1


tT






The standard utilisation categories define the current values which the contactor breaker must be able to make or break.These values depend on:- the type of load being switched: squirrel cage or slip ring motor, resistors,- the conditions under which making or breaking takes place: motor stalled, starting or running, reversing, plugging.

IEC 947-6-2: control and protection devices

IEC 947-4-1Standard IEC 947-4-1: covering contactors and electromechanical motor starters.It concerns:- types of equipment with main contacts designed for connection to circuits whose rated operational voltage does notexceed 1000 V for a.c. applications or 1500 V for d.c. applications,- contactors used in conjunction with overload and/or short-circuit protection devices,- motor starters used in conjunction with separate short-circuit protection devices and/or with separate short-circuitprotection devices and built-in overload protection devices,- contactors and combination motor starters which incorporate their own short-circuit protection device.

Utilisation categories for a.c. applications

Category AC-1This category applies to all types of a.c. load with a power factor equal to or greater than 0.95 (cos ϕ ≥ 0.95). Noninductive or slightly inductive loads.Application examples: heating, distribution.

Category AC-2This category applies to starting, plugging and inching of slip ring motors. On closing, the contactor breaker makes the starting current, which is about 2.5 times the rated current of the motor. On opening, it must break the starting current, at a voltage less than or equal to the mains supply voltage.

Category AC-3This category applies to squirrel cage motors with breaking during normal running of the motor. On closing the contactor breaker makes the starting current, which is about 5 to 7 times the rated current of the motor. On opening, it breaks the rated current drawn by the motor; at this point, the voltage at the contactor breaker

terminals is about 20% of the mains supply voltage. Breaking is light.Application examples: all standard squirrel cage motors (lifts, escalators, conveyor belts, bucket elevators,compressors, pumps, mixers, air conditioning units, etc.)

Category AC-4This category covers applications with plug braking and inching of squirrel cage motors.On closing, the contactor breaker makes a current peak which may be as high as 5 or 7 times the rated motor

current.On opening, it breaks this same current at a voltage which is higher, the lower the motor speed. This voltage can

be the same as the mains voltage. Breaking is severe.Application examples: printing machines, wire drawing machines, hoisting equipment, metallurgy industry.

IEC 947-5Standard IEC 947-5-1: covers switching devices and components for control circuits.It concerns electromechanical devices for control circuits.


Category AC-14 (2)This category applies to the switching of electromagnetic loads whose power drawn with the electromagnet closed isless than 72 VA.Application example: switching the operating coil of contactors and relays.

Category AC-15 (2)This category applies to the switching of electromagnetic loads whose power drawn with the electromagnet closed isgreater than 72 VA.Application example: switching the operating coil of contactors.

(1) Ir = protection module setting current(2) Replaces category AC-11.(3) Replaces category DC-11.

IEC 947-1: general rules IEC 947-2: circuit breakers IEC 947-3: isolating devices

Tripping classes The creation of thermal tripping classes allows better adaptation of the thermalof protection modules Class 10 A

Tripping time at 7.2 Ir (1) 2…10 seconds

Terminology (continued) Motor starters - open version 1


Definition

Reminder of standardsIEC 947

Standards for contactor breakers

Standards forauxiliary contacts






1

IEC 947-6-2Standard IEC 947-6: covers multi-function equipment.It concerns connection, switching and protection devices (or equipment) with main contacts designed for connection to circuits whose rated operational voltageis less than or equal to 1000 V for a.c. applications, or 1500 V for d.c. applications. Such devices are designed to perform both the power switching function and the protection of remotely controlled circuits function; they can also perform otherfunctions, such as isolation.

After short-circuit (Isc) tests, the products must be able to make and break the currents corresponding to the specified utilisation categories, and to thenumber of operating cycles specified in the standard, without failing. This series of tests is completed by temperature rise tests. Standard IEC 947-6-2specifies that, in the event of a short-circuit, no damage or risk of contact welding is permissible on the devices constituting the motor starter.The integral contactor breaker, through its design, ensures reliability of operation. After eliminating the fault, operation can be resumed instantlywithout any maintenance work on the product, other than resetting.


Category AC-41This category applies to all types of a.c. device (load) with a power factor equal to or greater than 0.95 (cos ϕ ≥ 0.95). Non inductive or slightly inductive loads.Application examples: heating, distribution

Category AC-42This category applies to starting, plugging and inching of slip ring motors. On closing, the contactor breaker makes the starting current, which is about 2.5 times the rated current of the motor. On opening, it must break the starting current, at a voltage less than or equal to the mains supply voltage.

Category AC-43This category applies to squirrel cage motors with breaking while motor running; inching or occasional reversing of limited duration are permissible if the numberof operating cycles does not exceed 5 per minute, or 10 within a 10 minute period. On closing the contactor breaker makes the starting current, which is about 5 to 7 times the rated motor current. On opening, it breaks the rated current drawn by the motor; at this point, the voltage at the contactor breaker terminals is about 20% of the mains supplyvoltage. Breaking is light.Application examples: all standard squirrel cage motors (lifts, escalators, conveyor belts, bucket elevators, compressors, pumps, mixers, air conditioning units,etc...).

Category AC-44This category covers applications with plug braking and inching of squirrel cage or slip ring motors. On closing, the contactor breaker makes a current peak which may be as high as 5 or 7 times the rated motor current. On opening, it breaks this same current at a voltage which is higher, the lower the motor speed. This voltage can be the same as the mains voltage. Breakingis severe.Application examples: printing machines, wire drawing machines, hoisting equipment, metallurgy industry.

protection to suit different motor and application technologies (short or long starting times). Conforming to IEC 947-4-1 and IEC 947-6-2.

Utilisation category for d.c. applications

Category DC-13 (3)This category applies to the switching of electromagnetic loads for which the time taken to reach 95 % of the steady state current (T = 0.95) is equal to 6times the power P drawn by the load (with P ≤ 50 W).Application example: switching the operating coil of contactor breakers.

IEC 947-4-1: contactors and motor starters IEC 947-5-1: control and signalling units

10 20 304...10 seconds 6…20 seconds 9…30 seconds


PEN B B'

C C'

When designing an installation, it is essential to take into account precise criteria for determining the conductor c.s.a.and selecting equipment.

In particular:- permissible currents for the conductors,- maximum voltage drops,- short-circuit protection,- protection against indirect contact.

The latter three criteria must be taken into account when selecting the integral unit.

The principle behind the rules described below is, on the whole, common to all European publications. However, thecalculations and values concerning protection against indirect contact are based on French standard NF C 15-100, andit is up to the user to check the regulations in force in the country concerned.

To achieve this, the thermal setting value Irth selected must be greater than the current drawn IB and less than or equalto the permissible current Iz in the cable to be protected.IB < Irth ≤ Iz

Breaking capacity rule: check that the breaking capacity (BC) of the integral unit is equal to or greater than theprospective short-circuit current (Isc max) at the point where it is to be installed.BC ≥ Isc max

Breaking time rule: 2 conditions must be fulfilled:

- The short-circuit current at the end of the circuit, Isc min, must be greater than or equal to the minimum currentrequired for magnetic tripping of the device,

- The short-circuit current at the start of the circuit, Isc max, must be such that:

These 2 checks need only be made when modules with a low rating are used.

Example: for a 6.3/10 A module, a cable c.s.a. ≥ than 2.5 mm2 is required to withstand Isc max = 50 kA.

Multiple earthed neutral scheme

Neutral is connected to earth.

The earths are connected to neutral.

Any phase/earth insulation fault causes a short-circuit.

As contact voltage is dangerous, breaking must occur at the first fault.

The PE conductor and the neutral conductor may be:- combined (TNC scheme),- separate (TNS scheme).

Cable protection against short-circuit

Short-circuit protection

I2sc max tm ≤ I2oto I2oto = permissible thermal stress limit for the circuit,tm = operating time of the integral unit or of the short-circuit protection device.

Protection against indirect contact in TN schemes



Equipment selection for starters

General :pages 21151/2 to 21151/7




Dimensions and schemes :pages 21009/2 to 21011/5

A

TNC scheme


c.q.Uo.Sph2ρ.1.µ Irth



Protection against indirect contact (TN schemes), for dead shorts only, requires that the following 2 conditions befulfilled simultaneously:

- The fault current Id must be greater than or equal to the minimum current required for magnetic tripping of the integralunit, i.e. 1.12 µ Irth max.

c = coefficient taking into account the upstream part of the fault loop impedanceassumed to be equal to 0.8, unless otherwise indicated.q = coefficient dependent on the earth connection scheme and equal to 1 in the TNscheme.Uo = phase-neutral voltage in volts.Zb = fault loop impedance in mΩ/m such that: Zb ≠ R (fault loop resistance).

L = length of the fault loop equal to twice the length Lc of the circuit.S = Sph, c.s.a of the phase conductors = SPE = c.s.a. of the protective conductorsρ = resistivity of the copper = 0.0225.

µ = ratio between the magnetic tripping current and the maximum setting current ofthe instantaneous thermal tripping device.

- The contact voltage (UL) for a dead short is at most equal to the value determined by the safety curve for the operatingtime tm of the integral unit in its magnetic tripping zone.This condition is generally fulfilled for power supplies of 230/415 V. (In fact, for UL = 50 V, a tm ≤ 500 ms would berequired and for UL = 25 V, a tm ≤ 110 ms would be required).

The first condition allows us to calculate the maximum length of the circuit to provide protection against indirect contactin the TN scheme.

For the TN scheme:

i.e. L max =

Protection against indirect contact in TN schemes (continued)

L ≤

Maximum length of 230/415 V circuits with TN scheme

Irth max µ = 3 µ = 6 µ = 12 µ = 15mm2 A m m m m

1.5 10 180 90 45 3616 112 56 28 22

2.5 10 298 149 75 6016 186 93 47 3725 118 59 32 –32 92 46 23 –

4 16 296 148 74 6025 190 95 48 –32 148 74 37 –40 118 59 30 –

6 25 284 142 71 –3240 178 89 45 –50 142 71 36 –

10 32 370 185 93 –40 296 148 74 –50 236 118 59 –63 188 94 47 –

16 32 590 295 148 –40 472 236 118 –50 378 189 95 –63 300 150 75 –

25 32 922 461 281 –40 738 369 185 –50 590 295 148 –63 468 234 117 –

Equipment selection for starters

R = ρ = 2 ρLS

LcS

0.8 x Uo x Sph2 x 0.0225 x 1.2 µ Irth max

Id = c.q.Uo Zb







1 1,5 2 3 4 5 67

8

9

10

20 40 60

80

1001502003000,01

0,02

0,04

0,060,08

0,1

0,2

0,4

0,60,8

1

1,52

4568

10

20

18 45

12

1 1,5 2 3 4 5 67

8

9

10

20 40 60 80

100

150200300

32 63 160

0,01

0,02

0,04

0,060,08

0,1

0,2

0,4

0,60,8

1

1,52

4568

10

20

(63 A)

(32 A)

112

AC-3AC-42AC-43AC-2



Rated operational currents (according to the rated operational voltage)

Rated operational powers (for standard motors)

Electrical durability

Control and protection of motors at Ue ≤ 415 V :- in utilisation categories AC2, AC3 conforming to IEC 947-4-1,- in utilisation categories AC42, AC43 conforming to IEC 947-6-2.

1 Not having previously broken a short-circuit current2 Having broken a short-circuit current 10 times at 30 Ie (most common values of short-circuit current during operation)

Selection for a temperature θ ≤ 40 °C

Rated operational voltage V 220/240 400/415 440 480/525 600/690

integral 18 A 18 18 18 18 18

integral 32 A 32 32 32 32 32

integral 63 A 63 63 63 63 63

integral 18 kW 4 9 9 11 15

integral 32 kW 7.5 15 15 18.5 25

integral 63 kW 15 33 33 37 55

integral 18 integral 32 and 63

Selection according to utilisation category and required electrical durability

Currentbreakinglimits

In categories

Millions of operating cycles Millions of operating cycles

Current broken in A Current broken in A







0,01

0,02

0,04

0,060,08

0,1

0,2

0,4

0,60,8

1

1,52

4568

10

20

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 18 32 6320 40 60 80 100

(18 A) (32 A)

(63 A)

Rated operational currents (according to ambient temperature)

Maximum operating rates in operating cycles/hour

Electrical durability Ue ≤ 415 V

Note: for use in category AC-44, please consult your Regional Sales Office.

a.c. supply, utilisation categories AC-1, AC-3, AC-41, AC-43

With cable c.s.a. θ ≤ 40 °C θ ≤ 55 °C θ ≤ 70 °C

integral 18 4 mm2 A 18 16 14

integral 32 6 mm2 A 32 28 25

integral 63 16 mm2 A 63 55 50

a.c. supply, utilisation categories AC-1, AC-41

On-load factor 85 % On-load factor 25 % Operation Operation Operation

at Ie max at 0.5 Ie at Ie max

integral 18 Operating cycles/h 600 1200 900





Selection according to utilisation category and required electrical durability

Current broken in A

Millions of operating cycles








integral 18 contactor breakers and reversing contactor breakers

(1) With converter.(2) The closing time “C” is measured from the moment the coil supply is switched on to initial contact of the main poles.The opening time “O” is measured from the moment the coil supply is switched off to the moment the main poles separate.

Type integral 18Number of poles 3

Rated operational current (Ie) In AC-43 A 18Rated operational voltage (Ue) V 690

Electrical durability in AC-43 at 415 V 2 million operating cycles

Mechanical durability at Uc 10 million operating cycles

Maximum operating rate 1200 operating cycles/hourat ambient temperature ≤ 55 °C with converter 600 operating cycles/hour

Environment

Conforming to standards IEC: 947-1, 947-2, 947-3, 947-4-1, 947-6-2VDE: 0100, 0110, 0113, 0170, 0171, 471, 0660EN 60 947-1, 60 947-2, 60 947-3, 60 947-4-1, 60 947-6-2NEN, NBN

Product certifications ASE, ASEFA, ASTA, CSA DEMKO, DNV NEMKO, RINA, SEMKO, SETI, UL

Protective treatment “TH”

Ambient air temperature Operation °C - 20…+ 60around the device Storage °C - 40…+ 80

Operation °C - 25…+ 50(1) Storage °C - 25…+ 70

Vibration resistance 5…100 Hz Energised state: 3 gn Permissible acceleration De-energised state: 3 gn

Shock resistance Impulse duration: 11 ms Energised state: 8 gn Permissible acceleration De-energised state: 8 gn

Degree of protection To IEC 144 and 529 IP 20BTo VDE 0106 Protection against direct finger contact

Flame resistance Conforming to IEC 295-2-1, NF C 20-455, and decree of 22-12-81 (JO 27 NC of 1st and 2/2/1982)Conforming to UL 94 - V0 and NF T 51-072

Maximum operating altitude Without derating m 3000

Operating positions In relation to From fixing From main(without derating) normal vertical plane axis

mounting plane (fore-aft (left-righttilt) tilt)

Control circuit characteristics

Rated control 50 Hz V 21…660 circuit voltage (Uc) 60 Hz V 21…600

with converter V 24

Voltage limits Operating 0.85…1.1 Ucat θ ≤ 55 °C Drop out 0.25…0.7 Uc

Average consumption Inrush VA 75 (50 Hz), 90 (60 Hz)at 20 °C and at Uc Sealed VA 8 (50 Hz), 9 (60 Hz)

(1) Inrush W 100Sealed W 1.5

Heat dissipation W 2.5 (50 Hz), 2.8 (60 Hz)

Operating time (2) 50/60 Hz “C” ms 9…25at 20 °C and at Uc “O” ms 7…25

with “C” ms 15…20converter “O” ms 20…25

Characteristics

General:pages 21151/2 to 21151/7

Selection:pages 21152/2 to 21152/5

References:pages 21162/2 to 21164/3

Dimensions, schemes:pages 21009/2 to 21011/5




Type integral 18

Pole characteristics

Conventional thermal current (Ith) θ ≤ 40 °C A 18Frequency limits of operational current Hz 40…60Rated impulsewithstand voltage (Uimp) Conforming to IEC 947-4 kV 6 in enclosure

Rated insulation voltage (Ui) Conforming to IEC 947-1 V 690

Heat dissipation in the power Operational current A 0.16 0.25 0.4 0.6 1 1.6 2.5 4 6 10 16 18circuits of the contactor breakerand its protection module Power per pole, hot state W 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.4 2.9 3.2 3.8 3.8

Rated making I rms Conforming to IEC 947-4 A 15 x Ith (above this value, the breaker trips)capacity I peak Conforming to IEC 947-2 kA 105

Rated breaking capacity Operating voltage V 220/240 380/415 440 480/525 600/690to IEC 947-2 Value of cos ϕ 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.3 0.5

Icu (O-t-CO) kA rms 50 50 40 10 4Ics (O-t CO-t-CO) kA rms 50 50 50 10 5

to IEC 947-6-2 Icu = Ics kA rms 50 50 25 7.5 2ensuring reliability of operation O-t-CO-t-rCO

O: breaking short-circuit current (open); t: timeCO: closing on short-circuit, breaking short-circuit current (closed-open - manual)rCO: closing on short-circuit, breaking short-circuit current (closed-open - remote control)

Total breaking time ms 2.5

Thermal limit With Isc max at 415 V, 50 Hz A2s 100 x 103

American Wire GaugeCabling Maximum c.s.a. Minimum c.s.a. AWG

Flexible cable without cable end mm2 2 x 6 2 x 1.5 2 x AWG 16 toFlexible cable with cable end mm2 2 x 4 or 1 x 6 2 x 1 2 x AWG 10Solid cable mm2 2 x 6 2 x 1.5

Tightening torque N.m 1.7

Characteristics of thermal-magnetic or magnetic only protection modules

Type LB1-LB03P

Protection Standard motorsConforming to standards IEC 947-6-1, IEC 947-6-2Number of poles 3Number of protected poles 3Rated operational voltage V 690Maximum continuous current A 0.16…18

Thermal protection Setting range (Irth min/Irth max) A 0.1/0.16…12/18

Temperature compensation °C - 20…+ 60

Protection against Withphase imbalance

Tripping class 10

Magnetic protection Instantaneous trip current Fixed at 15 Irth maxconforming to IEC 947-1/2/4/6-2 setting range

Tripping tolerance ± 20 %

Characteristics of versions without control test function, with padlocking facility

Conforming to standards IEC 947

Rated operational voltage V 690

Electrical durability Operating cycles 10 000

Padlocking facility 1 padlock, Ø 5 shank

Characteristics







integral 18 contactor breakers and reversing contactor breakersAdd-on current limiter and auxiliary contacts

(1) Electrical durability on an inductive load such as the coil of an electromagnet:making current (cos ϕ 0.7) = 10 times the breaking current (cos ϕ 0.4).(2) Electrical durability on an inductive load such as the coil of an electromagnet, the time constant increasing with theload.(3) Lamp load: peak current = 10 times the rated current.(4) Inductive load: cos ϕ 0.4 for a.c. operation; time constant 7 ms for d.c. operation.(5) Motor: peak current = 6 times the rated current.

Add-on current limiter LA9 LB920

Rated insulation voltage (Ui) Conforming to IEC 947-1 V 690 (50/60 Hz)

Rated operational voltage (Uc) V 690 (50/60 Hz)

Conventional thermal current (Ith) Conforming to IEC 947-6-2 A 63

Operational thermal current (Ie) A 32

Operating threshold rms current A 1000 (non adjustable threshold)

Cabling Solid cable mm2 1 x 1.5 to 25 conductor, or 2 x 1.5 to 10 identical conductorsFlexible cable without cable end mm2 1 x 1.5 to 25 conductor , or 2 x 1.5 to 10 conductorsFlexible cable with cable end mm2 1 x 1.5 to 16 conductor , or 2 x 1.5 to 4 conductors


Instantaneous auxiliary contacts

Conventional thermal current (Ith) A 10

Rated insulation voltage (Ui) Conforming to IEC 947-5-1 V 690

Switching capacity With U ≥ 17 V and I ≥ 10 mA mVA 600

Rated category AC-15 (1) Voltage V 48 110/127 220/240 380/415 440operational 1 million operating cycles VA 300 500 600 520 500power 1.5 million operating cycles VA 160 300 330 300 280

Making capacity category AC-15 VA 1500 3500 6000 7500 7000

Rated category DC-13 (2) Voltage V 24 48 110 220 440operational 1 million operating cycles W 120 90 75 68 61power 1.5 million operating cycles W 70 50 38 33 28

Making capacity category DC-13 W 800 700 400 260 220

Cabling mm2 Maximum c.s.a.: 2 x 2.5. Minimum c.s.a.: 2 x 1

Signalling contacts



Operational power Voltage V – – 110/127 220for 200 000 operating cycles Resistive load VA – – 600 750

Lamp load (3) VA – – 90 125

Inductive load (4) VA – – 875 500

Motor (5) VA – – 160 200

Voltage V 24 48 110/125 200

Resistive load W 100 100 50 50

Lamp load (3) W 50 50 6 7.5

Inductive load (4) W 75 75 50 50

Motor (5) W 75 75 6 7.5

Cabling mm2 Maximum c.s.a.: 2 x 2.5 - Minimum c.s.a.: 2 x 1

Characteristics (continued)






01

01

t01

01

t

01


integral 18 contactor breakers and reversing contactor breakersElectronic serial timer modules

Type LA4-DT (On-delay) LA4-DR (Off-delay)

Environment

Conforming to standards IEC 255-5 IEC 255-5Product certifications Pending UL, CSA UL, CSA

Protective treatment “TH” “TH”Degree of protection Conforming to VDE 0106 Against direct finger contact Against direct finger contact

Ambient air temperature Storage °C - 40…+ 80 - 40…+ 80around the device Operation °C - 25…+ 55 - 25…+ 55

Operation at Uc °C - 25…+ 70 - 25…+ 70

Rated insulation voltage (Ui) Conforming to IEC 947-1 and V 250 250VDE 0110 (group C)


Built-in protection On input By varistor By varistorContact breaker By varistor By peakcoil suppression limiting diode

Rated control circuit voltage (Uc) V or 24…250 24…250 Voltage limits 0.8…1.1 Uc 0.8…1.1 Uc

Control type By mechanical contact only By mechanical contact only(connecting cable < 10 m)

Cabling Flexible or solid cable, mm2 Minimum c.s.a.: 1 x 1 Minimum c.s.a.: 1 x 1with or without cable end Maximum c.s.a.: 2 x 2.5 Maximum c.s.a.: 2 x 2.5

Time delay characteristics

Timing ranges s 0.1…2 - 1.5…30 - 25…500 0.1…2 - 1.5…30 - 25…500

Repeat accuracy 0…40 °C ± 3 % (10 ms minimum) ± 3 % (10 ms minimum)

Reset time During the time delay ms 100 225After the time delay ms 50 –

Immunity to micro-breaks During the time delay ms 10 20After the time delay ms 2 –

Minimum control pulse duration ms – 40

Time delay signalling By LED Illuminates during time delay Illuminates during time delay

Switching characteristics (solid state type)

Maximum power dissipated W 2 3.5

Leakage current mA < 5 < 5

Residual voltage V 3.3 3.3Overvoltage protection 3 kV; 0.5 joule 3 kV; 0.5 joule

Electrical durability Millions of operating cycles 30 30

Operating diagrams

Electronic on-delay timer LA4-DT Electronic off-delay timer LA4-DR

Uc supply(A1 - A2)

Uc supply Control(A1 - A2) (A2 - B2)

Time delay output Time delay outputContactor breaker coil Contactor breaker coil

Red LED Red LED

Characteristics






KA1

A2

E1

+

E2

–

KA1

A2

E1

+

E2

–

KA1

A2

E1

+

E2

–

+

– (0V)

E1

E3E2

A1

A2


integral 18 contactor breakers and reversing contactor breakersInterface modules and converters

(1) The operating times depend on the type of electromagnet driving the contactor breaker and its control method. The closing time “C” is measured from the momentthe integral coil supply is switched on to initial contact of the main poles. The opening time “O” is measured from the moment the coil supply is switched off to themoment the main poles separate.

Type Interface modules Converters

Used for direct control of By a programmable controller, with a.c. control of the electromagnet By a programmable controller, with the integral 18 d.c. control of the electromagnet.

Control on d.c. supply

Protective treatment “TH” “TH”

Ambient air temperature °C Storage: - 40…+ 80 Storage: - 40…+ 80 around the device

Operation: - 25…+ 55 Operation: - 25…+ 50

Rated insulation V 250 conforming to IEC 158-1 and 947-1 and VDE 0110 (group C) –voltage (Ui)

Protection against direct finger contact Conforming to VDE 0106 Conforming to VDE 0106

Cabling mm2 Min: 1 x 1 - Max: 2 x 2.5 Min: 1 x 1 - Max: 2 x 2.5

Operating limits – 0.8...1.1 Uc (2)

Protection Of the input and against reverse polarity: by diode. Against reverse polarity (by diode)and against overvoltage


Module or converter type LA4-DFB LA4-DFE LA4-DLB LA4-DLE LA4-DWB LA1-LB080BD

Technology Relay Relay + override Solid state Solid state

Schemes

Indication of input state By built-in LED –

Input signals Voltage V 24 48 24 48 5…24 24 (logic side) (E1-E2) (E1-E2) (E1-E2) (E1-E2) (E1-E2) (E2-E3)

Current mA 25 15 25 15 8.5 for 5 V 1015 for 24 V

State “0” guaranteed for U V < 2.4 < 4.8 < 2.4 < 4.8 < 2.4 < 7 or

I mA < 2 < 1.3 < 2 < 1.3 < 2 < 5

State “1” guaranteed for U V 17 < U < 30 33 < U < 60 17 < U < 30 33 < U < 60 5 < U < 30 U > 14

Supply voltage V 24…250 24(A1-A2) (E1-E2) (2)

Operating characteristics

Electrical durability 10 10 3 3 20 2in millions of operating cycles

Immunity to ms 4 4 4 4 1 –micro-breaks

Average consumption W 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.4 Inrush: 100at 20 °C Sealed: 1.5

Operating Pull-in ms 15…30 15…30 15…30 15…30 – 30time (1)at 20 °C and at Uc Drop-out ms 20…35 20…35 20…35 20…35 – 15

(2) Warning: for supply from rectified a.c., the power supply must exceed 150 VA and the maximum ripple must be ≤ 14 %.

Characteristics (continued)








Breaking capacity of integral 18 contactor breakers, ensuring reliability of operation, according to the operational voltageand protection module fitted.

Breaking capacity without current limiter

Protection module Operational voltageReference Irth 220/240 V 400/415 V 440 V 480/525 V 600/690 V

min maxA A kA kA kA kA kA

LB1-LB03P01 0.1 0.16 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130

LB1-LB03P02 0.16 0.25 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130

LB1-LB03P03 0.25 0.4 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130

LB1-LB03P04 0.4 0.63 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130

LB1-LB03P05 0.63 1 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130

LB1-LB03P06 1 1.6 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130

LB1-LB03P07 1.6 2.5 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 50

LB1-LB03P08 2.5 4 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 50

LB1-LB03P10 4 6 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 50 50 5

LB1-LB03P13 6 10 50 50 50 10 5

LB1-LB03P17 10 16 50 50 25 7.5 2

LB1-LB03P21 12 18 50 50 25 7.5 2

Breaking capacity with current limiter LA9-LB920

LB1-LB03P01 0.1 0.16 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130

LB1-LB03P02 0.16 0.25 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130

LB1-LB03P03 0.25 0.4 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130

LB1-LB03P04 0.4 0.63 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130

LB1-LB03P05 0.63 1 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130

LB1-LB03P06 1 1.6 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130

LB1-LB03P07 1.6 2.5 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 50

LB1-LB03P08 2.5 4 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 50

LB1-LB03P10 4 6 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 65 65 50

LB1-LB03P13 6 10 65 65 65 65 42

LB1-LB03P17 10 16 65 65 65 65 42

LB1-LB03P21 12 18 65 65 65 65 42

Characteristics






0,1

0,2

0,4

0,60,8

1

2

4

68

10

20

40

6080

100

0,1 0,2 0,4 0,6 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 50 100130

200

65

4

7

2

1

3

cos

=0,5

=0,3

=0,2

5

ϕ =0,7

8

100

60

80

40

20

108

6

4

2

11 2 4 6 8 10 20 50 100 200

2

3

4

5

678

130

300min

100min

10min

1 min

10 s

0,1 s

0,01 s

0,1 0,2 0,4 0,6 1 2 4 6 10 20 40 60 100 200 400 600 1000

0,160,25

0,40,63 1,6

2,54

1 610

1216

180,1

P01

P03P02P04

P05P06

P07P08

P10P13

P17P21

0,15

2,4 6

3,75 9,45

15

24

37,5

60

90 180

150

270

240



By thermal-magnetic modules (1) LB1-LB03P

(1) Thermal protection: the average operating times shown in thesecurves are for an ambient air temperature of 20 °C, without prior currentflow (cold state). The average operating time after prolonged currentflow (hot state) can be calculated by applying the coefficient 0.5.

3-phase 400/415 V, 50 Hz

Motor protection

Current limitation and thermal limit on short-circuit

Current limitation on short-circuit Maximum thermal limit on short-circuit

1 0.63…1 A 5 4…6 A2 1…1.6 A 6 6…10 A3 1.6…2.5 A 7 10…16 A4 2.5…4 A 8 12…18 A

Selection of protection module according to the tripping characteristics

Time

Maximum peak current in kA Thermal limit in kA2sin the magnetic operating zone

Prospective rms short-circuit current in kA Prospective rms short-circuit current in kA

Current in A






0,1

0,2

0,4

0,60,8

1

2

4

68

10

20

40

6080

100

0,1 0,2 0,4 0,6 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 50 100

130

200

6 5

4

7

21

3

cos

=0,5

=0,3

=0,2

5

ϕ =0,7

8

100

60

80

40

20

108

6

4

2

11 2 4 6 8 10 20 50 100 200

2

3

4

56

78

130



3-phase 480/525 V, 50 Hz

Current limitation and thermal limit on short-circuit (continued)

Current limitation on short-circuit Maximum thermal limit on short-circuit

1 0.63…1 A 5 4…6 A2 1…1.6 A 6 6…10 A3 1.6…2.5 A 7 10…16 A4 2.5…4 A 8 12…18 A

Selection of protection module according to the tripping characteristics

Maximum peak current in kA Thermal limit in kA2sin the magnetic operating zone








integral 18 contactor breakers and reversing contactor breakers (for customer assembly)

Without control test function, with padlocking facility

Black knob (VDE 0113)

(1) For the unit to function, it must be fitted with a protection module, to be ordered separately, see above.(2) Standard control circuit voltages (variable delivery times, please consult your Regional Sales Office).

(3) UL 508 “type E” approved version (SPCD) at 347/600 V, as standard.(4) For use on , the unit is supplied with 1 or 2 converters, including coil suppression device (2 converters forreversing contactor breakers). (5) Protection modules UL and CSA approved.

3-pole contactor breakers without protection module (1)

Standard power ratings Operational Breaking Basic reference (3) Weightof 3-phase motors in category AC-43 current capacity Complete with

(Iq) code indicating220 V 400 V 480 V 600 V for control circuit240 V 415 V 440 V 525 V 690 V Ue ≤ 415 V voltage (2) Usual voltageskW kW kW kW kW A kA kg


Black knob

4 9 9 9 15 18 50 LD1-LB030 B E F M Q 0.650

3-pole reversing contactor breakers without protection module (1)

4 9 9 9 15 18 50 LD5-LB130 B E F M Q 1.600

Thermal-magnetic protection modules (compensated and differential for normal starting motors) (5)

Standard power ratings Thermal Reference Weightof 3-phase motors setting50/60 Hz in category AC-43 range220 V 400 V 480 V 600 V (Irth min240 V 415 V 440 V 525 V 690 V to Irth max)kW kW kW kW kW A kg

Fixed magnetic protection, set at 15 Irth max

0.1…0.16 LB1-LB03P01 0.250

0.06 0.16…0.25 LB1-LB03P02 0.250

0.06 0.09 0.25…0.4 LB1-LB03P03 0.250

0.12 0.37 0.4…0.63 LB1-LB03P04 0.2500.18

0.09 0.25 0.37 0.37 0.55 0.63…1 LB1-LB03P05 0.2500.12

0.18 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1…1.6 LB1-LB03P06 0.2500.25 0.55

0.37 0.75 1.1 1.1 1.5 1.6…2.5 LB1-LB03P07 0.250

0.55 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 2.5…4 LB1-LB03P08 0.2500.75 1.5

1.1 2.2 2.2 3.7 4 4…6 LB1-LB03P10 0.250

1.5 3 4 5.5 7.5 6…10 LB1-LB03P13 0.2502.2 4

3 5.5 7.5 10 11 10…16 LB1-LB03P17 0.2507.5

4 9 9 11 15 12…18 LB1-LB03P21 0.250 There are no standard power ratings for these motors.

Volts 24 36 42 48 110 120 220 230 240 380 415 440 480 500 600 660400

50 Hz LD-LB B – D E F – M P/PU7 U Q N R – S – Y60 Hz LD-LB BC CC – D K FC LC MC MC/PU7 – – Q N – S – (4) LD-LB BD – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

References

LD1-LB030

LD5-LB130


LB1-LB03P06



integral 18 contactor breakers and reversing contactor breakers (pre-assembled)

Control circuit voltage: 220 V, 50 Hz

3-pole contactor breakers with thermal-magnetic protection module

Standard power ratings Thermal Breaking Reference Weightof 3-phase motors setting capacity50/60 Hz in category AC-43 range (Iq)220 V 400 V 480 V 600 V (Irth min for240 V 415 V 440 V 525 V 690 V to Irth max) Ue ≤ 415 VkW kW kW kW kW A kA kg

0.09 0.25 0.37 0.37 0.55 0.63…1 ≥ 130 LD3-LB130M05 0.9000.12

0.18 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1…1.6 ≥ 130 LD3-LB130M06 0.9000.25 0.55

0.37 0.75 1.1 1.1 1.5 1.6…2.5 ≥ 130 LD3-LB130M07 0.900

0.55 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 2.5…4 ≥ 130 LD3-LB130M08 0.9000.75 1.5

1.1 2.2 2.2 3.7 4 4…6 ≥ 130 LD3-LB130M10 0.900

1.5 3 4 5.5 7.5 6…10 50 LD3-LB130M13 0.9002.2 4

3 5.5 7.5 10 11 10…16 50 LD3-LB130M17 0.9007.5

References

LD3-LB130M



1

LD5-LB + LB1-LB

AUTO

O

TRIP. +

LA1-LB021

LA1-LB0211

AUTO

O

TRIP. +

LA1-LB001

LA1-LB0311

LA1-LB034

LA1-LB031

LA1-LB0341

LD1-LB + LB1-LBLD3-LB

AUTO

O

TRIP. +

LA1-LB015

LA1-LB001



integral 18 contactor breakers and reversing contactor breakersAdd-on blocks

Current limiter (IP 20)

For Function Reference Weightuse on kg

LD1 or LD5 Increases the breaking capacity of the integral unit LA9-LB920 0.320

Instantaneous auxiliary contact blocks (IP 20)

For Type and number Composition Reference Weightuse on of blocks per unit

N/O N/C kg

LD1 or LD5 1 block of 5 contacts comprising: LA1-LB015 0.100Mounted on - 3 signalling contacts “contactor state” 2 1RH side - 2 signalling contacts “tripped” 1 1

LD1 1 block of 2 signalling contacts 2 – LA1-LB031 0.100Mounted on “control knob in any positionLH side other than «Auto»”

1 block of 2 signalling contacts 1 1 LA1-LB0311 0.100“control knob in any positionother than «Auto»”

1 block of 4 contacts comprising: LA1-LB034 0.100- 2 signalling contacts “control knob 2 –in any position other than «Auto»” - 2 signalling contacts 1 1“tripped on short-circuit”

1 block of 4 contacts comprising: LA1-LB0341 0.100- 2 signalling contacts “control knob 1 1in any position other than «Auto»” - 2 signalling contacts 1 1“tripped on short-circuit”

LD5 1 block of 5 contacts comprising: LA1-LB021 0.100Mounted on - 3 signalling contacts “contactor state” 2 1LH side - 2 signalling contacts “control knob 2 –

in any position other than «Auto»”

1 block of 5 contacts comprising: LA1-LB0211 0.100- 3 signalling contacts “contactor state” 2 1- 2 signalling contacts “control knob 1 1other than «Auto»”

Complementary block with one instantaneous auxiliary contact (IP 10)

LD1 or LD5 1 block comprising – 1 LA1-LB001 0.035Mounted on 1 signalling contact “contactor state”RH side orLH side

Test device

Application Reference Weightkg

For control circuits LA9-LB398 0.010

References

Dimensions and schemes:pages 21009/2 to 21011/5

LA9-LB398

LA9-LB920


1

AUTO

O

TRIP. +

AUTO

O

TRIP. +

AUTO

O

TRIP. +

LA9-D09982

LA1-LB080BD

LD1-LB + LB1-LBLD3-LB

LD5-LB + LB1-LB



integral 18 contactor breakers and reversing contactor breakersAccessories and spare parts

(1) For reversing contactor breakers, order 2 interface modules or 2 voltage converters.(2) For use on 24 V, the integral unit must be fitted with a 21 V coil (see page 21164/3).(3) An RC circuit provides effective protection for circuits highly sensitive to high frequency interference. Voltage limitedto 3 Uc max and oscillating frequency limited to 400 Hz max.Slight increase in drop-out time (1.2 to 2 times the usual time).(4) When used on rectified single-phase or 3-phase supply, the ripple must be equal to or less than 0.14 of the averagevoltage.Operating limits 0.8 to 1.1 Uc for an ambient temperature ≤ 40 °C.(5) It is essential that the voltage converter be associated with the specific coil indicated.(6) The 24 V converter can be operated by “low level input”. In this case, the control circuit voltage must be the sameas the supply voltage (24 V).

Interface modules (1)

Mounting Type Control Supply voltage Reference Weightvoltage 50/60 HzV V kg

On top Solid state 5…24 24…250 LA4-DWB 0.045of theintegral Relay output 24 24…250 LA4-DFB 0.050unit 48 24…250 LA4-DFE 0.050

Relay output 24 24…250 LA4-DLB 0.045(with override) 48 24…250 LA4-DLE 0.045

Electronic serial timer modules

Mounting Type Time delay Operational voltage Reference Weight50/60 Hz (2)

s V kg

On top On-delay 0.1…2 24…250 LA4-DT0U 0.040of the 1.5…30 24…250 LA4-DT2U 0.040integral 25…500 24…250 LA4-DT4U 0.040unit

Off-delay 0.1…2 24…250 LA4-DR0U 0.0401.5…30 24…250 LA4-DR2U 0.05025…500 24…250 LA4-DR4U 0.050

Suppressor modules

Mounting Type Operational voltage Reference Weight50/60 HzV kg

On top RC circuit (resistor-capacitor) (3) 24…48 LA4-DA2E 0.018of the Screw connections to 50…127 LA4-DA2G 0.018integral coil of integral unit 110…250 LA4-DA2U 0.018unit

Varistor (peak limiting) 24…48 LA4-DE2E 0.018Screw connections to 50…127 LA4-DE2G 0.018coil of integral unit 110…250 LA4-DE2U 0.018

Clip-on RC circuit ≤ 250 LA9-D09982 0.010(resistor-capacitor) (3)

Automatic-Manual-Stop control modules

On top Automatic- 24…100 LA4-DMK 0.040of the Manual-integral unit Stop 100…250 LA4-DMU 0.040

Replacement voltage converters (1) for control circuit operation

Mounting For use Operational Consumption Description Reference (5) Weighton integral voltage Inrush Sealed

(4)V W W kg

On top LD-LBBD 24 (6) 100 1.5 Coil LX1-LB024 0.065of theintegral unit Converter LA1-LB080BD 0.045

References

Dimensions and schemes: pages 21009/2 to 21011/5


Protection accessories

Description For use Sold in Unit Weighton lots of reference kg

Sealing cover Protection module 1 LA1-LB090 0.010

Protective Protection of 5 GV1-G10 0.005end cover unused busbars

Mounting accessories

Description For use Mounting Reference Weighton on kg

Mounting plate LD1, LD3, LD5 2 x 32 mm LA9-LC010 0.150 rails

Cabling accessories

Description For Pitch Reference Weightmm kg

Terminal blocks, Cable entry – GV1-G09 0.04063 A, 3-pole from abovefor incoming supplyto one or morebusbar sets Cable entry – LA9-LB960 0.110

from below

Busbar set, Supply to 57 LA9-LB930 0.03763 A, 3-pole 2 or more

integral units72 GV2-G272 0.050

Supply to 72 GV2-G472 0.0854 or moreintegral units

Supply to 72 LA9-LB940 0.0501 current limiter on LH side1 integral unit on RH side

Flush mounting accessories

Description For Sold in Unit Weightlots of reference kg

Recessed terminals Auxiliary contact 2 LA9-LB910 0.001associated with flushmounted integral 18

Blanking plate integral 18 10 GA1-C6 0.001

Locking accessory

Control knob Fixing on front face 1 LA9-LB390 0.160locking kit 3 padlocks, Ø 6 mm

shank max.(padlocks not supplied)

Door interlock mechanism (IP 54)

Type For use Colour Reference Weighton of knob kg

Adjustable LD1, LD3, LD5 Red LA9-LB330 0.400from 0 to 185 mmwith extension(control knob mounted Black LA9-LB331 0.400on plate or door)


integral 18 contactor breakers and reversing contactor breakersAccessories

References


Selection :pages 21152/2 to 21152/5

Characteristics :pages 21153/2 to 21153/9


GV1-G09

LA1-LB090

LA9-LB960

LA9-LB930

LA9-LB390



integral 18 contactor breakers and reversing contactor breakersCoils (replacement parts)

The integral 18 can operate on a d.c. supply when fitted with a standard coil and a corresponding voltage converter :see page 21163/5.(1) Coil voltage reference code, used to complete the basic reference when ordering an integral unit.

a.c. operation

Rated control circuit Average Inductance Voltage Reference Weightvoltages resistance of closed referenceUc Uc at 20 °C ± 10 % circuit code50 Hz 60 Hz (1)V V Ω H kg

– 21 3.27 0.14 JV LX1-LB019 0.065

21 24 4.07 0.18 BC LX1-LB021 0.065

24 – 5.17 0.23 B LX1-LB024 0.065

– 36 8.96 0.40 CC LX1-LB032 0.065

42 48 16.41 0.72 D LX1-LB042 0.065

48 – 21.13 0.95 E LX1-LB048 0.065

– 110 87.04 4 K LX1-LB100 0.065

– 115/120 102.22 4.4 FC LX1-LB105 0.065

110 – 109 5 F LX1-LB110 0.065

127 – 137 6.6 G LX1-LB127 0.065

– 220 353 16 LC LX1-LB200 0.065

– 230/240 379 17.5 MC LX1-LB210 0.065

220 – 448 20 M LX1-LB220 0.065

230 – 463 22 P LX1-LB230 0.065

230 240 463 22 PU7 LX1-LB234 0.065

240 – 493 24 U LX1-LB240 0.065

380/400 440 1389 60 Q LX1-LB380 0.065

415 460/480 1491 70 N LX1-LB415 0.065

440 – 1779 80 R LX1-LB440 0.065

500 575/600 3312 102 S LX1-LB500 0.065

660 – 3554 180 Y LX1-LB660 0.065

Consumption at 50 Hz : inrush (cos ϕ : 0.55) 75 VA ; sealed (cos ϕ : 0.28) 8 VA.

Consumption at 60 Hz : inrush (cos ϕ : 0.55) 90 VA ; sealed (cos ϕ : 0.30) 9 VA.

d.c. operation

References

LX1-LB




Dimension and schemes :pages 21009/2 to 21011/5


LD1

LA1-LB015 LA1-LB001 LA1-LB031 LA1-LB034LA1-LB0311 LA1-LB0341

AUTO

AUTO

TRIP. +

TRIP. +

TRIP. +

RESET

TRIP. +

1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

2/T

1

4/T

2

6/T

3

A2A1

0Auto + 0Auto + 0Auto + 0Auto +

16 18

15 17

16 18

15 17

16 18

15 17

16 18

15 17

1516

1718

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

1314 32

312324

16 18

15 17

16 18

15 17

16 18

15 17

16 18

15 17

1516

1718

41

42

41

42

41

42

41

42

4241

0705

06 08

0705

06 08

0705

06 08

0605 07

08

96 98

95 97

96 98

95 97

96 98

95 97

96 98

95 97

96 98

95 97

9695 97

98 1615 17

18

1715

16 18

15 17

16 18

15 17

16 18

1715

16 18

1817 15

16

1517

18 16

17 15

18 16

17 15

18 16

1517

18 16

16 18

15 1713 23 31

14 24 32 16 18

15 1741

42

1715

16 18

1517

18 16

16 18

15 1713 23 31

14 24 32 16 18

15 1741

42

1715

16 18

1517

18 16

96 98

95 97

16 18

15 1713 23 31

14 24 32 16 18

15 1741

42

1715

16 18

1517

18 16

0605 07

08

0705

06 08

0705

06 08

0705

06 08

0705

06 08

0705

06 08

0705

06 08

0705

06 08

0705

06 08

0705

06 08

0705

06 08

96 98

95 97

0705

06 08

Auxiliary contact actuators

Auxiliary contacts

Operation Motor starters - open version 1

integral 18 contactor breakersAuxiliary contact states according to the positions of the control knob

Off after short-circuit

Manual reset

Off

On, contactor open

On, contactor closed

Tripped on overload

Tripped on short-circuit

contact opencontact closed

General : pages 21151/2 to 21151/7

Characteristics : pages 21153/2 to 21153/9




LD5

LA1-LB015 LA1-LB001 LA1-LB021 LA1-LB001LA1-LB0211

RESET

TRIP. +

TRIP. +D clench

D clench

R arm.

TRIP. +D clench

AUTO

AUTO

TRIP. +

AUTO

1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

A2A1

A2A1

6/T

3

2/T

1

4/T

2

0Auto +

II I

0Auto +

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

1314 32

312324

96 98

95 97

96 98

95 97

96 98

95 97

96 98

95 97

96 98

95 97

96 98

95 97

9695 97

98

41

42

41

42

41

42

41

42

41

42

4241

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

1314 32

312324

16 18

15 17

16 18

15 17

16 18

15 17

16 18

15 17

16 18

15 17

1516

1718

41

42

41

42

41

42

41

42

41

42

4241

0705

06 08

0705

06 08

0705

06 08

0705

06 08

0705

06 08

0705

06 08

0705

06 08

0605 07

08

1314 32

312324

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

1517

18 16

1517

18 16

13 23 31

14 24 32 96 98

95 97

96 98

95 97

41

42

13 23 31

14 24 32 16 18

15 17 41

42

0705

06 08

13 23 31

14 24 32

1517

18 16

13 23 31

14 24 32

41

42

13 23 31

14 24 32 16 18

15 17 41

42

13 23 31

14 24 32

1517

18 16

13 23 31

14 24 32

41

42

13 23 31

14 24 32 16 18

15 17 41

42

13 23 31

14 24 32

1517

18 16

17 15

18 16

17 15

18 16

17 15

18 16

1817 15

16


Auxiliary contacts


Tripped on overload


Manual reset


integral 18 reversing contactor breakersAuxiliary contact states according to the positions of the control knob

Operation


Off

On, contactors open

On, closed

On, closed

On theintegral






(1) With converter.(2) The closing time “C” is measured from the moment the coil supply is switched on to initial contact of the main poles.The opening time “O” is measured from the moment the coil supply is switched off to the moment the the main polesseparate.



Electrical durability in AC-43 at415 V 1.5 million operating cycles



Environment

Conforming to standards IEC: 947-1, 947-2, 947-3, 947-4-1, 947-6-2VDE: 0100, 0110, 0113, 0170, 0171, 471, 0660BS: 5424, 4752, 4941NEN, NBN

Product certifications ASE, ASEFA, ASTA, BV, CSA DEMKO, DNV, GL NEMKO, NKK, ÖVE, PTB, RINA, SCC, SEMKO, SETI, UL, USSR, LROS





Shock resistance Impulse duration : 11 ms Energised state 8 gn Permissible acceleration De-energised state: 8 gn


Flame resistance Conforming to IEC 295-2-1, NF C 20-455, and to decree of 22-12-81 (JO 27 NC of 1st and 2/2/1982)Conforming to UL 94 - V0 and NF T 51-072


Operating positions In relation to From fixing From main(without derating) normal vertical plane axis

mounting plane (fore-aft (left-righttilt) tilt)


Rated control 50 Hz V 21…660circuit voltage (Uc) 60 Hz V 21…600

with converter V 24, 48, 110

Voltage limits Operating 0.85…1.1 Ucat θ ≤ 55 °C Drop-out 0.25…0.7 Uc

Average consumption Inrush VA 160 (50 Hz), 185 (60 Hz)at 20 °C and at Uc Sealed VA 12 (50 or 60 Hz)

(1) Inrush W 250 for 50 msSealed W 4

Heat dissipation W 4 (50 Hz), 5 (60 Hz)


with “C” ms 25…35converter “O” ms 10…20



Characteristics








(1) Conforming to BS 4752 36 kA cycle P2, 50 kA cycle P1.

Type integral 32


Convential thermal current (Ith) θ ≤40 °C A 32Frequency limits ofoperational current Hz 40…60Rated impulsewithstand voltage (Uimp) Conforming to IEC 947-4 kV 8Rated insulation voltage (Ui) Conforming to IEC 947-1 V 690

Heat dissipation in the power Operational current A 1.6 2.5 4 6.3 10 16 25 32circuits of the contactor breakerand its protection module Power per pole, hot state W 1.6 1.8 1.8 2 2 3.4 4.8 6

Rated making I rms Conforming to IEC 947-4 A 12 x Ith (above this value, the breaker trips)capacity I peak Conforming to IEC 947-2 kA 105

Rated breaking capacity Operational voltage V 220/240 380/415 440 480/525 600/690to IEC 947-2 Value of cos ϕ 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.3 0.8

Icu (O-t-CO) kA rms 50 50 50 (1) 20 5 (cos ϕ 0.7)Ics (O-t CO-t-CO) kA rms 50 50 35 (1) 20 5

to IEC 947-6-2ensuring reliability of operation Icu = Ics (O-t-CO-t-rCO) kA rms 50 50 50 15 4

O: breaking short-circuit current (open); t: timeCO: closing on short-circuit, breaking short-circuit current (closed-open - manual)rCO: closing on short-circuit, breaking short-circuit current (closed-open - remote control)

Total breaking time ms 4

Thermal limit With Isc max at 415 V, 50 Hz A2s 100 x 103

Cabling Maximum c.s.a. Minimum c.s.a.Flexible cable without cable end mm2 1 x 10 or 2 x 6 1 x 1Flexible cable with cable end mm2 1 x 6 or 2 x 4 1 x 1Solid cable mm2 1 x 10 or 2 x 6 1 x 1

Tightening torque N.m 2


Type LB1-LC03M LB6-LC03M LB1-LCLFrequent

Protection Standard motors starting motors Distribution circuitsIEC 947-4 type 2 (Iq = 50 kA)

Conforming to standards NF C 63-650 NF C 63-650 NF C 63-120Number of poles 3 3 3 4 4Number of protected poles 3 3 3 3 4Rated operational voltage V 690 690 690Maximum continuous current A 0.4…32 0.4…32 10…32

Thermal protection Setting range (Irth min/Irth max) A 0.25/0.40…23/32 – 6.3/10…23/32Temperature compensation °C - 20…+ 60 - 20…+ 60 - 20…+ 60Protection againstphase imbalance With Without WithoutTripping class 10 – –

Magnetic protection Instantaneous trip current 6…12 Irth max (usual 6…12 Irth max 3…6 Irth maxconforming to IEC 947-1/2/4/6-2 setting range setting 9…10 Irth max)

Tripping tolerance ± 20 % ± 20 % ± 20 %


Conforming to standards IEC 947Rated operational voltage V 690Mechanical durability Operating cycles 10 000Padlocking facility 1, 2 or 3 padlocks, shank Ø 8 mm max and Ø 5 mm min

Characteristics of versions with control test function and padlocking facility

Conforming to standards IEC 947, NF C 63-130, VDE 0660, VDE 0113Rated operational voltage 690Mechanical durability Operating cycles 10 000

1, 2 or 3 padlocks, shank Ø 8 mm max and Ø 5 mm min. When flush Padlocking facility mounting, interlocking of the enclosure or cabinet door is possible.

Characteristics







integral 32 contactor breakers and reversing contactor breakersAdd-on current limiter and auxiliary contacts

1) Electrical durability on an inductive load such as the coil of an electromagnet:making current (cos ϕ 0.7) = 10 times the breaking current (cos ϕ 0.4).(2) Electrical durability on an inductive load such as the coil of an electromagnet, the time constant increasing with theload.(3) Lamp load: peak current = 10 times the rated current.(4) Inductive load: cos ϕ 0.4 for a.c. operation; time constant 7 ms for d.c. operation.(5) Motor: peak current = 6 times the rated current.

Add-on current limiter LA9-LB920

Rated insulation voltage (Ui) Conforming to IEC 947-1 V 690 (50/60 Hz)

Rated operational voltage (Uc) V 690 (50/60 Hz)

Conventional thermal current (Ith) Conforming to IEC 947-1 A 63

Operational thermal current (Ie) A 32

Operating threshold rms current A 1000 (non adjustable threshold)

Cabling Solid cable mm2 1 x 1.5 to 25 conductor or 2 x 1.5 to 10 identical conductorsFlexible cable without cable end mm2 1 x 1.5 to 25 conductor or 2 x 1.5 to 10 conductorsFlexible cable with cable end mm2 1 x 1.5 to 16 conductor or 2 x 1.5 to 4 conductors






Rated category AC-15 (1) Voltage V 48 110/127 220/240 380/415 440operational 1 million operating cycles VA 300 500 600 520 500power 1.5 million operating cycles VA 160 300 330 300 280


Rated category DC-13 (2) Voltage V 24 48 110 220 440operational 1 million operating cycles W 120 90 75 68 61power 1.5 million operating cycles W 70 50 38 33 28



Signalling contacts



Operational power Voltage V – – 110/127 220for 200 000 Resistive load VA – – 600 750operating cycles Lamp load (3) VA – – 90 125

Inductive load (4) VA – – 875 500Motor (5) VA – – 160 200

Voltage V 24 48 110/125 200Resistive load W 100 100 50 50Lamp load (3) W 50 50 6 7.5Inductive load (4) W 75 75 50 50Motor (5) W 75 75 6 7.5


Isolating auxiliary contacts


Rated insulation voltage (Ui) a.c. supply V 690conforming to IEC 947 and NF C 63-130 d.c. supply V 125

Cabling mm2 Maximum c.s.a.: 2 x 1.5 or 1 x 2.5

Characteristics








(1) For direct control by external contact: connect E1-E3.(2) Warning: for supply from rectified a.c., the power supply must exceed 250 VA and and the maximum ripple mustbe ≤ 14 %.


Used for direct control of By a programmable controller, with a.c. control of - By a programmable controller, with d.c. control of the the integral 32 the electromagnet electromagnet

- Control on d.c. supply

Ambient air temperature °C Storage : - 25…+ 70 Storage : - 25…+ 70 around the device

Operation : - 25…+ 50 Operation : - 25…+ 50

Insulation rms voltage between inputs and outputs: 2.5 kV Common negative terminal

Cabling mm2 Minimum c.s.a.: 1 x 1 - Maximum c.s.a.: 2 x 2.5 Minimum c.s.a.: 1 x 1 - Maximum c.s.a.: 2 x 2.5

Operating limits 0.85... 1.1 Uc 0.8…1.1 Uc (2)

Protection Against reverse polarity (by diode) Against reverse polarity (by diode)and against overvoltage and against overvoltage

Indication of input state By LED –

Converter module type LA1-LC LA1-LC580BD 580ED 180BD 080BD 080ED 080FD

Schemes LA1-LC580D LA1-LC180BD LA1-LC080BD LA1-LC080FDLA1-LC080ED

Input signals(logic side)

Voltage V 24 48 5…24 24 (1) 48 (1) () (E1-E2) (E1-E2) (E1- E2) (E3-E2) (E3-E2) –

Current mA 30 20 15…24 V 20 10 –8.5…5 V

State “0” guaranteed for U V < 2.4 < 4.8 < 2.5 < 7 < 14 – or

I mA < 2 < 2 < 2 < 5 < 2.5 –

State “1” guaranteed for U V > 20.4 > 40.8 > 4 > 14 > 28 –

Supply voltage V (2) (2) (2)24…240 24…240 24…240 24 48 110(A1-A2) (A1-A2) (A1-A2) (E1-E2) (E1-E2) (E1-E2)

Electrical durabilityin millions of operating cycles

5 1

Average Inrush 50 Hz VA 160 160 160 – – –con-sumption 60 Hz VA 185 185 185 – – –

W – – – 250 250 250

Sealed 50/60 Hz VA 12 12 12 – – –

W – – – 4 4 4

Operating Pull-in ms 15…30 15…30 10…35 30 30 30timeat 20 °Cand at Uc Drop-out ms 22…35 22…35 8…30 15 15 15

Characteristics





+

– (0V)

E1

E3

E2

A1

A2

+ E1

– E2

A1

A2

+ E1

– E2

A1

A2

+

– (0V)

E1

E2

A1

A2


Environment

Conforming to standards IEC 337-1


Ambient air temperature Storage °C - 40…+ 80 around the device

Operation °C - 25…+ 55

Permissible for operation at Uc °C - 25…+ 70

Protection against Conforming to VDE 0106direct finger contact

Tripping devices

Type LA1-LC070, LC072 LA1-LC071

Pull-in voltage 0.8…1.1 Uc 0.7…1.1 Uc

Drop-out voltage 0.35…0.7 Uc –

Average consumption Inrush VA 8 8

Sealed VA 4 4

Minimum impulse duration ms – 10

Reset devices

Type LA1-LC052

Consumption VA 9

Duration of a reset cycle s 9

Minimum impulse duration s 0,5

Mechanical durability Operating cycles ≥ 10 000

Suppressor module LA9-D09982

Type RC (resistor-capacitor)

Scheme

Operational voltage V ≤ 250


integral 32 contactor breakers and reversing contactor breakersTripping and reset devices, coil suppressor module

Characteristics








Breaking capacity of integral 32 contactor breakers, ensuring reliability of operation, according to the operational voltageand protection module fitted.

(1) 42 kA for 600 V - 20 kA for 690 V.

Breaking capacity without current limiter

Protection module Operational voltageReference Irth 220/240 V 400/415 V 440 V 500 V 600/690 V


LB-LC03M03 0.25 0.4 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130

LB-LC03M04 0.4 0.63 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130

LB-LC03M05 0.63 1 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130

LB-LC03M06 1 1.6 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130

LB-LC03M07 1.6 2.5 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130

LB-LC03M08 2.5 4 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130

LB-LC03M10 4 6.3 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 15

LB-LC03M13 6.3 10 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 10

LB-LC03M17 10 16 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 50 15 4

LB-LC03M22 16 25 50 50 50 15 4

LB-LC03M53 23 32 50 50 50 15 4

Breaking capacity with current limiter LA9-LB920

LB-LC03M03 0.25 0.4 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130

LB-LC03M04 0.4 0.63 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130

LB-LC03M05 0.63 1 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130

LB-LC03M06 1 1.6 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130

LB-LC03M07 1.6 2.5 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130

LB-LC03M08 2.5 4 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130

LB-LC03M10 4 6.3 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 42

LB-LC03M13 6.3 10 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 42

LB-LC03M17 10 16 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 65 65 42

LB-LC03M22 16 25 65 65 65 65 42/20 (1)

LB-LC03M53 23 32 65 65 65 65 42/20 (1)

Characteristics






300min

100min

10min

1 min

10 s

1 s

0,1 s

0,01 s

0,1 0,2 0,4 0,6 1 2 4 6 10 20 40 60 100 200 400 600

M03M04M05M06

M07M08M10M13

M17M22M53

0,25 0,40 0,63 1 1,6 2,5 4 6,3 10 16 23 25 32 irth

2,4 4,8 7,6 12 19 30 48 76 120 190 380

3,8 6 9,5 15 24 38 60 95 150 300

M06 M08 M13 M22

0,8 1 2 4 6 10 20 40 60 100 200 400 600 1000

0,01 s

0,1 s

1 s

10 s

1 min

100min

300min

10min

9,5 15 24 38 60 95 150190

19 30 48 76 190 300380

M07 M10 M17 M53

120

0,8 1 2 4 6 10 20 40 60 100 200 400 600 1000

0,01 s

0,1 s

1s

10 s

1 min

100min

300min

10min L13

L17L22L53

60 95 150190

9530 48 75

6,3 10 16 32 irth2325



Motor protection

Standard motors Frequent starting motorsBy thermal-magnetic modules (1) LB1-LC03M By magnetic modules LB6-LC03M

Distribution circuit protection

By thermal-magnetic modules (1) LB1-LCL

(1) Thermal protection: the average operating times shown in these curves are for an ambient air temperature of 20° C, without prior currentlow (cold state). The average operating time after prolonged current flow(hot state) can be calculated by applying the coefficient 0.5.

Selection of protection module according to tripping characteristics

Time Time

Current in A

Current in A

Current in A





Time


0,1

0,2

0,4

0,60,8

1

2

4

68

10

20

40

6080

100

0,1 0,2 0,4 0,6 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 50 100 200

1

2

3

4

56

8 (1)

ϕco

s=0

,7

=0,5

=0,3

=0,2

5

7

10080

60

40

20

10

8

6

4

2

11 2 4 6 8 10 15 20 50 100 200

2

3

4

5678(1)

0,1

0,2

0,4

0,60,8

1

2

4

68

10

20

40

608000

0,1 0,2 0,4 0,6 1 2 4 6 8 10 50 100 20015

3

20

ϕco

s=0

,7

=0,5

=0,3

1

2

3

45

76

8 (1)

100

60

80

40

20

108

6

4

2

11 2 4 6 8 10 20 50 100 200

2

3

4

678

5

(1)



3-phase 400/415 V, 50 Hz

- up to a rating of 6.3…10 A at 440-500 V.

3-phase 480/525 V, 50 Hz

- up to a rating of 6.3…10 A at 440-500 V.


Current limitation on short circuit Maximum thermal limit on short-circuit

1 1…1.6 A 4 4…6.3 A 7 16…25 A For 1 to 1.6 A ratings, the thermal limit is less than 1x103 A2s.2 1.6…2.5 A 5 6.3…10 A 8 23…32 A 3 2.5…4 A 6 10…16 A

(1) Associated thermal protection rating. The breaking capacity is unlimited on contactor breakers fitted with modules:- up to a rating of 10…16 A at 220-380-415V.

Current limitation on short circuit Maximum thermal limit on short-circuit

1 1…1.6 A 4 4…6.3 A 7 16…25 A For 1 to 1.6 A ratings, the thermal limit is less than 1x103 A2s.2 1.6…2.5 A 5 6.3…10 A 8 23…32 A 3 2.5…4 A 6 10…16 A

(1) Associated thermal protection rating. The breaking capacity is unlimited on contactor breakers fitted with modules:- up to a rating of 10…16 A at 220-380-415V.


Maximum peak current in kA Thermal limit I2t in kA2s in the short-circuit protection zone

Prospective rms short-circuit current in kA

Thermal limit I2t in kA2s in the short-circuit protection zoneMaximum peak current inkA








With control test function and padlocking facility

Black knob (CNOMO, VDE 0113)

(1) For the unit to function, it must be fitted with a protection module, to be ordered separately, see page opposite.(2) Standard control circuit voltages (variable delivery times, please consult your Regional Sales Office).

(3) Variant: UL 508 approved version (starter) at 600 V, to order, add suffix H51 to the reference.Example: LD1-LC030MH51.(4) For use on , the unit is supplied with 1 or 2 voltage converters, including coil suppression device(s) (2 convertersfor reversing contactor breakers). (5) It is essential to provide electrical locking for reversing contactor breakers integral 32.


Standard power ratings Operational Breaking Basic reference (3) Weightof 3-phase motors current capacity Complete with code50/60 Hz in category AC-43 (Iq) indicating control220 V 400 V for circuit voltages240 V 415 V 440 V 500 V 660 V Ue ≤ 415 V (2) Usual voltageskW kW kW kW kW A kA kg



7.5 15 15 18.5 25 32 50 LD1-LC030 B E F M Q 1.430



7.5 15 15 18.5 25 32 50 LD4-LC130(5) B E F M Q 1.450

Red knob on yellow background (CNOMO) Emergency Stop

7.5 15 15 18.5 25 32 50 LD4-LC030(5) B E F M Q 1.450


7.5 15 15 18.5 25 32 50 LD5-LC130 B E F M Q 2.800


7.5 15 15 18.5 25 32 50 LD5-LC030 B E F M Q 2.800

Volts 24 36 42 48 110 120 220 230 240 380 415 440 480 500 600 660400

50 Hz B – D E F – M M U Q N N – S – Y60 Hz BC CC – D FC FC MC MC/PU7 MC – – Q Q – S – (4) BD – – ED FD – – – – – – – – – – –


integral 32 contactor breakers and reversing contactor breakers for the control and protection of motors (for customer assembly)

References

LD1-LC030

LD4-LC130

LD4-LC030

LD5-LC030

Dimensions, schemes : pages 21009/2 to 21011/

5


(1) Protection modules UL and CSA approved.

(2) To order PTB approved versions, add suffix H8 to the reference. Example: LB1-LC03M03H8.


Standard power ratings Thermal Magnetic Reference Weightof 3-phase motors setting protection50/60 Hz in category AC-43 range220 V 400 V 480 V 600 V (Irth min 240 V 415 V 440 V 525 V 690 V to Irth max)kW kW kW kW kW A A kg

Adjustable magnetic protection, from 6 to 12 Irth max (2)

0.06 0.25…0.4 2.4…4.8 LB1-LC03M03 0.400

0.4…0.63 3.8…7.6 LB1-LC03M04 0.400

0.09 0.37 0.37 0.55 0.63…1 6…12 LB1-LC03M05 0.4000.12

0.18 0.55 0.75 1.1 1…1.6 9.5…19 LB1-LC03M06 0.4000.25

0.37 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.5 1.6…2.5 15…30 LB1-LC03M07 0.400

0.55 1.5 1.5 2.2 3 2.5…4 24…48 LB1-LC03M08 0.4000.75

1.1 2.2 2.2 3.7 4 4…6.3 38…76 LB1-LC03M10 0.400

1.5 4 4 5.5 7.5 6.3…10 60…120 LB1-LC03M13 0.4002.2

3 7.5 7.5 10 11 10…16 95…190 LB1-LC03M17 0.4004

5.5 11 11 15 18.5 16…25 150…300 LB1-LC03M22 0.400

7.5 15 15 18.5 25 23…32 190…380 LB1-LC03M53 0.400

Magnetic only protection modules (for frequent starting motors)

Standard power ratings Magnetic Reference Weightof 3-phase motors protection50/60 Hz in category AC-43220 V 400 V 480 V 600 V240 V 415 V 440 V 525 V 690 VkW kW kW kW kW A kg

0.18 0.55 0.75 1.1 9.5…19 LB6-LC03M06 0.4000.25

0.37 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.5 15…30 LB6-LC03M07 0.400

0.55 1.5 1.5 2.2 3 24…48 LB6-LC03M08 0.4000.75

1.1 2.2 2.2 3.7 4 38…76 LB6-LC03M10 0.400

1.5 4 4 5.5 7.5 60…120 LB6-LC03M13 0.4002.2

3 7.5 7.5 10 11 95…190 LB6-LC03M17 0.4004

5.5 11 11 15 18.5 150…300 LB6-LC03M22 0.400

7.5 15 15 18.5 25 190…380 LB6-LC03M53 0.400

There are no standard power ratings for these motors.


integral 32 contactor breakers and reversing contactor breakersfor the control and protection of motors (for customer assembly)

References

LB1-LC03M


5

LB6-LC03M


PEN

N

- the PEN conductor must not be isolated.- all live conductors must be isolated. Neutral protection optional.

Selecting the type of contactor breaker and protection module

Neutral point Type Equipment Combinationconnection of scheme contactor breaker + protection module

circuit

Neutral TNC 3-pole LD1-LC030 + LB1-LC03Lconnect- (neutral + PENion and PE

combined) LD4-LC130 + LB1-LC03L

LD4-LC030 + LB1-LC03L

TNS 3-pole LD1-LC030 + LB1-LC03L(neutraland PEseparated) LD4-LC130 + LB1-LC03L


3-pole + N LD1-LC040 + LB1-LC04L






Note :

Selection Motor starters - open version 1

integral 32 contactor breakers and reversing contactor breakersfor control and protection of resistive circuits in category AC-1


5


Thermal-magnetic (compensated)

(1) For the unit to function, it must be fitted with a protection module, to be ordered separately.(2) Standard control circuit voltages (variable delivery times, please consult your Regional Sales Office).

(3) For use on d.c., the unit is supplied with a converter, including coil suppression device.

3 and 4-pole contactor breakers without protection module (1)

Rated Maximum Maximum Breaking Number Basic reference. Weightthermal operational operational capacity of Complete with current current voltage (Iq) poles code indicatingI th AC-1 for control circuitθ ≤ 40 °C θ ≤ 40 °C Ue ≤ 415 V voltage (2) Usual voltagesA A V kA kg


32 32 690 50 3 LD1-LC030 B E F M Q 1.430

4 LD1-LC040 B E F M Q 1.750

With control test function and padlocking facilityBlack knob on blue background (CNOMO, VDE 0113)

32 32 690 50 3 LD4-LC130 B E F M Q 1.450

4 LD4-LC140 B E F M Q 1.780

Red knob on yellow background (CNOMO) Emergency stop

32 32 690 50 3 LD4-LC030 B E F M Q 1.450

4 LD4-LC040 B E F M Q 1.780

Protection modules (for customer assembly)

Thermal Magnetic Number Number Reference Weightsetting setting of ofrange range poles protected(Irth min (3…6 Irth max) polesto Irth max)A A kg

6.3…10 30…60 3 3 LB1-LC03L13 0.400

4 4 LB1-LC04L13 0.500

3 LB1-LC05L13 0.500

10…16 48…95 3 3 LB1-LC03L17 0.400

4 4 LB1-LC04L17 0.500

3 LB1-LC05L17 0.500

16…25 75…150 3 3 LB1-LC03L22 0.400

4 4 LB1-LC04L22 0.500

3 LB1-LC05L22 0.500

23…32 95…190 3 3 LB1-LC03L53 0.400

4 4 LB1-LC04L53 0.500

3 LB1-LC05L53 0.500

Volts 24 36 42 48 110 120 220 230 240 380 415 440 480 500 600 660400

50 Hz B – D E F – M M U Q N N – S – Y60 Hz BC CC – D FC FC MC MC MC – – Q Q – S – (3) BD – – ED FD – – – – – – – – – – –



References

LB1-LC03L

LD1-LC030

LD4-LC030


5


1




(1) UL and CSA approved.

Current limiter (IP 20)

For Function Reference Weightuse on kg

LD1 or LD5 Increases the breaking capacity of the integral unit LA9-LB920 0.320Mounted on LH side, on RH side or above

Instantaneous auxiliary contact blocks (IP 20) (1)


N/O N/C C/O kg

LD1, LD4 1 block of 6 contacts comprising: LA1-LC010 0.280or LD5 - 3 signalling contacts 2 1 –Mounted on “contactor state” – – 1RH side - 1 signalling contact “control knob

in any position other than «Auto»” – – 1- 1 signalling contact “tripped on short-circuit” – – 1- 1 signalling contact “tripped”

1 block of 5 contacts comprising: LA1-LC012 0.220- 3 signalling contacts 2 1 –“contactor state” 1 – –- 1 signalling contact “tripped on short-circuit” 1 – –- 1 signalling contact “tripped”

1 block of 4 contacts comprising: LA1-LC025 0.170- 3 signalling contacts 2 1 –“contactor state” 1 1 –- 1 signalling contact “tripped”selectable by the user

1 block of 3 signalling contacts 2 1 – LA1-LC020 0.100“contactor state”

LD4 1 control circuit isolating block 1 – – LA1-LC030 0.035Mounted on (1 or 2 blocks per integral unit)LH side

LD5 1 block of 3 signalling contacts 2 1 – LA1-LC021 0.100Mounted on “contactor state”LH side

1 control circuit isolating block 2 – – LA1-LC031 0.100comprising 2 contacts

Complementary block with one instantaneous auxiliary contact (IP 10) (1)

LD1, LD4 or 1 block comprising – 1 – LA1-LC001 0.035LD5 1 signalling contact “contactor state”

Mounted on LH side or RH side

References


5

LA9-LB920


1




(1) Standard control circuit voltages (variable delivery times, please consult your Regional Sales Office).

Electrical tripping and remote reset devices

For Type of block and Basic reference. Weightuse on number per unit Complete with kg

code indicatingcontrol circuitvoltage (1) Usual voltages

LD1, LD4 1 tripping block for operation Time delay 0.2 s LA1-LC070 B E F M Q 0.150or LD5 on de-energisationfitted with an (undervoltage trip)LA1-LC010orLA1-LC012add-on block

Instantaneous LA1-LC072 B E F M Q 0.150

or 1 tripping block for operation Instantaneous LA1-LC071 B E F M Q 0.150on energisation(shunt trip)

LD1, LD4 1 remote electrical 24 V 50/60 Hz LA1-LC052B – 0.320or LD5 reset blockfitted with anLA1-LC010orLA1-LC012add-on block

42 V 50 Hz LA1-LC052E – 0.32048 V 50/60 Hz

100/127 V 50/60 Hz LA1-LC052F – 0.320

200/240 V 50/60 Hz LA1-LC052M – 0.320

Volts 24 48 110 120 220/230 240 380/400 415 44050 Hz B E F – M U Q N N60 Hz B E F F M M Q – N

References


5


OOff

AUTO

TRIP. +

RESET

OOff

AUTO

TRIP. +

RESET

LA9-D09982

OOff

AUTO

TRIP. +

RESET

1




For control circuit operation

(1) (1) For reversing contactor breakers, order 2 interface modules or 2 voltage converters.(2) When used on rectified single-phase or 3-phase supply, the ripple must be equal to or less than 0.14 of the averagevoltage.Operating limits 0.8 to 1.1 Uc for an ambient temperature ≤ 40 °C.(3) It is essential that the voltage converter be associated with the specific coil indicated.(4) 24 V and 48 V converters can be operated by “low level input”. In this case, the control circuit voltage must be the sameas the supply voltage (24 or 48 V).(5) An RC circuit provides effective protection for circuits highly sensitive to high frequency interference. Voltage limitedto 3 Uc max. and oscillating frequency limited to 400 Hz max.Slight increase in drop-out time (1.2 to 2 times the normal time).


Mounting Type Control Operational Reference Weightvoltage voltage 50/60 HzV V kg

On top Solid state 5…24 24…240 LA1-LC180BD 0.110of theintegralunit

Relay output 24 24…240 LA1-LC580BD 0.110

48 24…240 LA1-LC580ED 0.110

Replacement coils and voltage converters (1)

Mounting For Operational Consumption Description Reference (3) Weightintegral voltage Inrush Sealed

(2)V W W kg

On top LD-LCBD 24 (4) 250 4 Coil LX1-LC0249 0.120of theintegralunit

Converter LA1-LC080BD 0.150

LD-LCED 48 (4) 250 4 Coil LX1-LC0489 0.120

Converter LA1-LC080ED 0.150

LD-LCFD 110 250 4 Coil LX1-LC1109 0.120

Converter LA1-LC080FD 0.150

Suppressor module

Mounting Type Operational Reference Weightvoltage 50/60 HzV kg

Clip-on RC circuit (resistor-capacitor) (5) ≤ 250 LA9-D09982 0.010

References


5





Description For Sold Unit Weightuse on in reference

lots of kg

Power terminal Upstream power 5 LA9-LC701 0.050protection shrouds terminals (L1, L2, L3)

Sealing covers Protection module 1 LA1-LC090 0.010


Description For Mounting Reference Weightuse on on kg

Mounting plates LD1, LD4, LD5 2 x 32 mm LA9-LC010 0.150 rails

1 x 75 mm LA9-LC012 0.450 railor 2 x 32 mm rails

Height Integral 32 (raises Panel or LA9-LC011 0.200compensation its front face to mounting plateplate the same height as LA9-LD010

the integral 63)

Adaptation

Description Application Reference Weightkg

Kit for lockable For converting a black, non-lockable LA9-LC393 0.100knob (LD1) control knob to a locking knob

Door interlock mechanisms (IP54)

Type For Colour Reference Weightuse on of knob kg

Adjustable LD1 Red LA9-LC330 0.400from 0 to 185 mm(control knob mountedon plate or door)

Black LA9-LC331 0.400

LD4, LD5 Red LA9-LC530 0.400


References

LA9-LC701

LA1-LC090







integral 32 contactor breakers and reversing contactor breakersCoils (replacement parts)

Integral 32 can operate on a d.c. supply when fitted with a special coil and corresponding voltage converter: see page21167/7.

(1) Coil voltage reference code letter(s), used to complete the basic reference when ordering an integral unit.

a.c. operation

Rated Average Inductance Voltage Reference Weightcontrol circuit voltages resistance of referenceUc Uc at 20 °C ± 10 % closed code50 Hz 60 Hz circuit (1)V V Ω H kg

– 24 1.225 0.107 BC LX1-LC020 0.120

24 – 1.78 0.142 B LX1-LC024 0.120

– 36 2.92 0.24 CC LX1-LC030 0.120

42 48 5.56 0.45 D LX1-LC042 0.120

48 – 7.10 0.59 E LX1-LC048 0.120

– 110/120 29.51 2.43 FC LX1-LC100 0.120

110 – 37.15 3.12 F LX1-LC110 0.120

127 – 54.28 4.19 G LX1-LC127 0.120

– 220/240 117.4 9.7 MC LX1-LC190 0.120

220/230 – 168.2 13 M LX1-LC220 0.120

230 240 168.72 13 PU7 LX1-LC234 0.120

240 – 203 15.4 U LX1-LC240 0.120

380/400 440/480 515.1 39 Q LX1-LC380 0.120

415/440 – 581.8 46 N LX1-LC415 0.120

500 550/600 741.2 59 S LX1-LC500 0.120

660 – 1603 117 Y LX1-LC660 0.120

Consumption at 50 Hz: inrush (cos ϕ: 0.55) 150 to 200 VA; sealed (cos ϕ: 0.28) 10 to 16 VA.


d.c. operation

References

LX1-LC






53

54

53

54

53

54

53

54

53

54

53

54

53

54

53

54

16 18

15

16 18

15

41

42

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

16 18

15

16 18

15

06 08

05

96 98

95

13 23 31

14 24 32

08

05 95

98 13 23 31

14 24 32 95

96

95

98 13 23 31

14 24 32

53

54

41

42

06 08

05

96 98

95

13 23 31

14 24 32

08

05 95

98 13 23 31

14 24 32 95

96

95

98 13 23 31

14 24 32

41

42

06 08

05

06 08

05

06 08

05

06 08

05

96 98

95

96 98

95

13 23 31

14 24 32

08

05

08

05

08

05

08

05

95

98

95

98

13 23 31

14 24 32 95

96

95

98

95

96

95

98

13 23 31

14 24 32

41

42

96 98

95

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

16 18

15

16 18

15

16 18

15

16 18

15

16 18

15

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

95

98

95

96

95

98 41

42

41

42

41

42

41

42

41

42

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

96 98

95 95

98

95

96

95

98

06 08

05

06 08

05

96 98

95

08

05

08

05

95

98

95

96

95

98

96 98

95

96 98

95

95

98

95

98

95

96

95

98

95

96

95

98

LA1-LC010 LA1-LC012 LA1-LC025 LA1-LC001

LA1-LC030

LA1-LC020

LD1 LD4

LD1 LD4

06 08

05

08

05

TRIP. +

RESET

TRIP. +

RESET

TRIP. + TRIP. +

TRIP. + TRIP. +

TRIP. + TRIP. +

AUTO AUTO

AUTO AUTO

TRIP. + TRIP. +

2/T

1

4/T

2

6/T

35/

L3

3/L2

1/L1

A2A1

2/T

1

4/T

2

6/T

3

1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

A2A1

U

1314 32

31232415

16 18

0506 08

9596 98 08

05

9895 95

96 9895

ou

4241 (5

3)(5

4)63

64

0Auto +

U U

1314 32

312324

1314 32

312324

1314 32

312324

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32




Auxiliary contacts

Operation






Off + control test function

Off

Off after overload

Tripped on overload


Manual reset

contact open

On, contactor open


contact closed


LD5

LA1-LC021


LA1-LC001

LA1-LC031

95

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

15

16 18

15

16 18

0608

05

0608

05

0608

05

0608

05

95

96 98

95

96 98

95

96 98

95

96 98

13 23 31

14 24 32

08

05 95

98 13 23 31

14 24 32 95

96

95

98 13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

08

05 95

98 13 23 31

14 24 32 95

96

95

98 13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

08

05 95

98 13 23 31

14 24 32 95

96

95

98 13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

08

05 95

98 13 23 31

14 24 32 95

96

95

98 13 23 31

14 24 32

42

41 13 23 31

14 24 32

53

54

63

64

16 18

15

16 18

15

53

54

63

6442

41 13 23 31

14 24 32

53

54

63

6442

41 13 23 31

14 24 32

53

54

63

64

0608

05 95

96 98 08

05 95

98

95

96

95

9816 18

15

53

54

63

64

13 23 31

14 24 32

06 08

05

08

05

060805

96 98

95

08

05 95

98

95

96

95

98

96 98

95 95

98

95

96

95

98060805

08

05

96 98

95 95

98

95

96

95

98

96 98

95 95

98

95

96

95

98

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

41

42

13 23 31

14 24 32

0608

05

08

05

53

54

63

64

13 23 31

14 24 32

41

42

41

42

13 23 31

14 24 3295

96

95

9813 23 31

14 24 32

9813 23 31

14 24 32

96 98

95

16 18

15

13 23 31

14 24 32

0608

05

08

05

53

54

63

64

13 23 31

14 24 32

41

42

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

16 18

15

13 23 31

14 24 32

53

54

63

64

13 23 31

14 24 32

41

42

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

16 18

15

13 23 31

14 24 32

53

54

63

64

13 23 31

14 24 32

41

42

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

16 18

15

13 23 31

14 24 32

53

54

63

64

13 23 31

14 24 32

41

42

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

16 18

15

13 23 31

14 24 32

TRIP. +

TRIP. +

TRIP. +

TRIP. +

TRIP. +

RESET

AUTO

AUTO

AUTO

2/T

1

4/T

2

6/T

3

1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

A2 A1

A2 A1

U

1314 32

312324 15

16 18

0506 08

9596 98 08

05

9895 95

96 9895

ou

4241 53

54

6364

ou0Auto +

U U

1314 32

312324

1314 32

312324

1314 32

312324

1314 32

312324




Auxiliary contacts

Operation

Manual reset



Off after overload

Tripped on overload

On, closed

On, closed

On, reversing contactor open

Off

Off + control test function







(1) With converter.(2) The closing time “C” is measured from the moment the coil supply is switched on to initial contact of the main poles. The opening time “O” is measured from the moment the coil supply is switched off to the moment the main poles separate.



Electrical durability in AC-3 at 400 V 1.2 million operating cycles



Environment

Conforming to standards IEC : 158-1, 204-1, 204-2, 364, 947-1/2 and 4UTE : NF C 63-110, C 63-120, C 63-130, C 63-650, C 79-100, C 20-040VDE : 0100, 0110, 0113, 0170, 0171, 471, 0660BS : 5424, 4752, 4941NEN, NBN

Product certifications ASE, ASEFA, ASTA, BV, CSA, DEMKO, DNV, GL NEMKO, NKK, ÖVE, RINA, SCC, SETI, UL, USSR, LROS pending





Shock resistance Impulse duration: 11 ms Energised state: 8 gn Permissible acceleration De-energised state: 8 gn


Flame resistance Conforming to to IEC 295-2-1, NF C 20-455, and to decree of 2-12-81 (JO 27 NC of 1st and 2/2/1982)Conforming to UL 94 - V0 and NF T 51-072


Operating positions In relation to From (without derating) normal vertical main axis

mounting plane (left-righttilt)


Rated control 50 Hz V 24…660 circuit voltage (Uc) 60 Hz V 24…600

with converter V 24, 48, 110

Voltage limits Operating 0.85…1.1 Ucat θ ≤ 55 °C Drop-out 0.25…0.7 Uc

Average consumption Inrush VA 375 (50 Hz), 450 (60 Hz)at 20 °C and at Uc Sealed VA 25 (50 Hz or 60 Hz)

(1) Inrush W 300 duration 50 msSealed W 8

Heat dissipation W 8 (50 Hz), 11 (60 Hz)


with “F” ms 25…40converter “C” ms 15…25



Characteristics




Dimensions :pages 21009/2 and 21009/3




Type integral 63


Conventional thermal current (Ith) θ ≤ 40 °C A 63Frequency limits ofoperational current Hz 40…60Rated impulsewithstand voltage (Uimp) Conforming to IEC 947-4 kV 8Rated insulation voltage (Ui) Conforming to IEC 947-1 V 690

Heat dissipation in the power Operational current A 25 32 40 50 63circuits of the contactor breakerand its protection module Power per pole, hot state W 4.4 5 5.8 7 9

Rated making I rms Conforming to IEC 947-4 A 12 or 15 x Ith (above this value, the breaker trips)capacity I peak Conforming to IEC 947-2 kA 105

Rated breaking capacity Operational voltage V 220/240 380/415 440 480/525 600/690conforming to IEC 947-2 Value of cos ϕ 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.5

Cycle P1 (O-t-CO) Icu kA rms 50 50 50 35 10Cycle P2 (O-t-CO-t-CO) Ics kA rms 50 50 50 35 10O: breaking short-circuit current (open); t: timeCO: closing on short-circuit, breaking short-circuit current (closed-open)

conforming to IEC 947-6-2ensuring reliability of operation Icu = Ics kA rms 50 50 50 30 10

Total breaking time ms 4

Electrical durability in AC-3 Prospective rms short-circuit kA 3 10 25 35 50at Ie max at 415 V current at terminals ofafter 1 cycle O-CO-r-CO at Ics a new device

Millions of operating cycles 1 0.9 0.6 0.5 0.2Thermal limit With Isc max at 415 V, 50 Hz A2s 300 x 103

Cabling Maximum c.s.a. Minimum c.s.a.Flexible cable without cable end mm2 1 x 50 or 2 x 35 1 x 6Flexible cable with cable end mm2 2 x 25 1 x 6Solid cable mm2 1 x 50 1 x 6

Tightening torque N.m 6


Type LB1-LD03P LB1-LD03M LB6-LD03P LB1-LD03LStandard Standard Frequent Distribution

Protection motors motors starting motors circuitsConforming to standards NF C 63-650 NF C 63-650 NF C 63-650 NF C 63-120Number of poles 3 3 3 3Number of protected poles 3 3 3 3Rated operational voltage V 690 690 690 690Maximum continuous current A 13…63 13…63 13…63 13…63

Thermal protection Setting range (Irth min/Irth max) A 10/13…45/63 10/13…45/63 – 10/13…45/63Temperature compensation °C - 20…+ 60 - 20…+ 60 - 20…+ 60 - 20…+ 60Protection againstphase imbalance With With Without WithoutTripping class 20 20 – –

Magnetic protection Instantaneous trip Fixed at 15 Irth 6…12 Irth max 6…12 Irth max 3…6 Irth maxconforming to IEC 947-1/2/4/6-2 current setting range max (usual setting

9…10 Irth max)Tripping tolerance ± 20 % ± 20 % ± 20 % ± 20 %


Conforming to standards IEC 947Rated operational voltage V 690Mechanical durability Operating cycles 10 000Padlocking facility 1, 2 or 3 padlocks, Ø 8 mm shank

Characteristics of versions with control test function and padlocking facility

Conforming to standards IEC 947, NF C 63-130, VDE 0660, VDE 0113Rated operational voltage V 690Mechanical durability Operating cycles 10 000Padlocking facility By 1, 2 or 3 padlocks (shank Ø 8 mm max and Ø 5 mm min). When flush

mounting, interlocking of the enclosure or cabinet door is possible.

Characteristics







integral 63 contactor breakers and reversing contactor breakersAuxiliary contacts

1) Electrical durability on an inductive load such as the coil of an electromagnet:making current (cos ϕ 0.7) = 10 times the breaking current (cos ϕ 0.4).(2) Electrical durability on an inductive load such as the coil of an electromagnet, the time constant increasing with theload.(3) Lamp load: peak current = 10 times the rated current.(4) Inductive load: cos ϕ 0.4 for a.c. operation; time constant 7 ms for d.c. operation.(5) Motor: peak current = 6 times the rated current.





Rated category AC-15 (1) Voltage V 48 110/127 220/240 380/415 440operationalvoltage 1 million operating cycles VA 300 500 600 520 500

1.5 million operating cycles VA 160 300 330 300 280


Rated category DC-13 (2) Voltage V 24 48 110 220 440operationalpower 1 million operating cycles W 120 90 75 68 61

1.5 million operating cycles W 70 50 38 33 28



Signalling contacts

Rated thermal current (Ith) A 3


Operational power Voltage V – – 110/127 220for 200 000 operating cycles Resistive load VA – – 600 750

Lamp load (3) VA – – 90 125

Inductive load (4) VA – – 875 500

Motor (5) VA – – 160 200

Voltage V 24 48 110/125 200

Resistive load W 100 100 50 50

Lamp load (3) W 50 50 6 7.5

Inductive load (4) W 75 75 50 50

Motor (5) W 75 75 6 7.5


Isolating auxiliary contacts

Rated thermal current (Ith) A 6

Rated insulation voltage (Ui) a.c. supply V 690To IEC 947 and NF C 63-130

d.c. supply V 125

Cabling mm2 Maximum c.s.a.: 2 x 1.5 or 1 x 2.5

Characteristics






+

– (0V)

E1

E2

A1

A2

+

– (0V)

E1

E3

E2

A1

A2

+ E1

– E2

A1

A2

+ E1

– E2

A1

A2



(1) For direct control by external contact: connect E1-E3.(2) Warning: for supply from rectified a.c., the power supply must exceed 300 VA and the maximum ripple must be≤ 14 %.


Used for direct control of By a programmable controller, with a.c. control of the - By a programmable controller, with d.c. control of the the integral 63 electromagnet electromagnet.

- Control on d.c. supply

Ambient air temperature °C Storage : - 25…+ 70 Storage : - 25…+ 70 around the device

Operation : - 25…+ 50 Operation : - 25…+ 50

Insulation rms voltage between the inputs and outputs: 2.5 kV Common negative terminal

Cabling mm2 Minimum c.s.a.: 1 x 1 - Maximum c.s.a.: 2 x 2.5 Minimum c.s.a.: 1 x 1 - Maximum c.s.a.: 2 x 2.5

Operating limits 0.85... 1.1 Uc 0.8…1.1 Uc (2)

Protection Against reverse polarity (by diode) and Against reverse polarity (by diode) andagainst overvoltage against overvoltage

Indication of input state By LED –

Converter module type LA1-LD LA1-LD580BD 580ED 180BD 080BD 080ED 080FD

Schemes LA1-L580D LA1-L180BD LA1-L080BD LA1-L080FDLA1-L080ED

Input signals Voltage V 24 48 5…24 24 48 5…24 24 (1) 48 (1) 24 (1) 48 (1) –(logic side) () (E1-E2) (E1-E2) (E1- E2) (E1-E2) (E1-E2) (E1-E2) (E3-E2) (E3-E2) – (E3-E2) (E3-E2) –

Current mA 30 20 15…24 V 50 25 15…24 V 20 10 – 20 10 –8.5…5 V 8.5…5 V

State “0” guaranteed for U V < 2.4 < 4.8 < 2.5 < 2.4 < 4.8 < 2.5 < 7 < 14 – < 7 < 14 –or

I mA < 2 < 2 < 2 < 2 < 2 < 2 < 5 < 2.5 – < 5 < 2.5 –

State“1” guaranteed for U V > 20.4 > 40.8 > 4 > 20.4 > 40.8 > 4 > 14 > 28 – > 14 > 28 –

Supply voltage V (2) (2) (2) (2) (2) (2)24…240 24…240 24…240 24…240 24…240 24…240 24 48 110 24 48 110(A1-A2) (A1-A2) (A1-A2) (A1-A2) (A1-A2) (A1-A2) (E1-E2) (E1-E2) (E1-E2) (E1-E2) (E1-E2) (E1-E2)

Electrical durability 5 1in millions of operating cycles

Average Inrush 50 Hz VA 160 160 160 375 375 375 – – – – – –con-sumption 60 Hz VA 185 185 185 450 450 450 – – – – – –

W – – – – – – 250 250 250 300 300 300

Sealed 50/60 Hz VA 12 12 12 25 25 25 – – – – – –

W – – – – – – 4 4 4 8 8 8

Operating Pull-in ms 15…30 15…30 10…35 20…40 20…40 10…45 30 30 30 35 35 35timeat 20 °Cand at Uc Drop-out ms 22…35 22…35 8…30 25…45 25…45 8…30 15 15 15 20 20 20

Characteristics







integral 63 contactor breakers and reversing contactor breakersTripping and reset devices, coil suppressor module

Environment

Conforming to standards IEC 337-1


Ambient air temperature Storage °C - 40…+ 80 around the device

Operation °C - 25…+ 55

Permissible for operation at Uc °C - 25…+ 70

Protection against Conforming to VDE 0106direct finger contact

Tripping devices

Type LA1-LC070, LC072 LA1-LC071

Pull-in voltage 0.8…1.1 Uc 0.7…1.1 Uc

Drop-out voltage 0.35…0.7 Uc –

Average consumption Inrush VA 8 8

Sealed VA 4 4

Minimum impulse duration ms – 10

Reset devices

Type LA1-LC052

Consumption VA 9

Duration of a reset cycle s 9

Minimum impulse duration s 0.5

Coil suppressor module LA9-D09982

Type of protection RC (Resistor-Capacitor)

Scheme

Operational voltage V ≤ 250

Characteristics








Breaking capacity of integral 63 contactor breakers according to the rated voltage and protection module fitted.

Breaking capacity

Protection module Operational voltageReference Irth 220/240 V 400/415 V 440 V 500 V 660/690 V


LB-LD0316 10 13 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 10

LB-LD0321 13 18 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 10

LB-LD0322 18 25 ≥ 130 ≥ 130 50 35 10

LB-LD0353 23 32 ≥ 130 50 50 35 10

LB-LD0355 28 40 ≥ 130 50 50 30 10

LB-LD0357 35 50 ≥ 130 50 50 30 10

LB-LD0361 45 63 ≥ 130 50 50 30 10

Characteristics






6 10 20 40 60 100 200 400 600 1000 20000,01 s

0,1 s

1 s

10 s

1 min

10min

100min

300min

15 30 54

40 s

P16P21P22P53P55

P61P57

irth35 45

10 13 18 2523

3228

40 5063

195

270

375

480

600

750

945

6 10 20 40 60 100 200 400 600 1000 20000,01 s

0,1 s

1 s

10 s

1 min

10min

100min

300min

irth10 18 2523

3228 35

4045 63

50

M16M21 M22M53M55M57M61

1313

190

380

600

78

108

240

216150

156

300

480

760

1313

By thermal-magnetic modules LB1-LD03P (1)

By thermal-magnetic modules LB1-LD03M (1)

(1) Thermal protection: the average operating times shown in these curves are for an ambient air temperature of 20° C,without prior current flow (cold state). The average operating time after prolonged current flow (hot state) can be calculatedby applying the coefficient 0.5.

Motor protection (normal starting)




Current in A

Time

Time

Current in A





The

rmal

zon

eM

agne

tic z

one


6 10 20 40 60 100 200 400 600 1000 20000,01 s

0,1 s

1 s

10 s

1 min

10min

100min

300min

80 110

190

380

600

78

108

240

216150

156

300

480

760

6 10 20 40 60 100 200 400 600 1000 20000,01 s

0,1 s

1 s

10 s

1 min

10min

100min

300min

18 23 63 irth25

2832

3540

4550

L22L53L55L57

L61

150

150

190120 240

300380190

7595

By magnetic modules LB6-LD03M

Motor protection (frequent starting)

Distribution circuit protection

By thermal-magnetic modules LB1-LD03L




Time

Current in A

The

rmal

zon

e

Time

Current in A





Mag

netic

zon

e


1008060

40

10

20

86

43

2

10,80,6

0,4

0,2

0,10,20,1 0,4 0,3 1 2 4 6 8 10 15 50 100 20020

cos ϕ =

0,7

= 0,

5

= 0,

3

= 0,

25

1 (1)

1000800

600

400

200

100

80

60

40

20

101 2 4 6 8 10 15 20 50 100 200

(1)1

3-phase 400/415 V, 50 Hz

1 18 to 25 A up to 45 to 63 A

Maximum thermal limit on short-circuit

1 18 to 25 A up to 45 to 63 A

(1) LB1-LD0322 to LD0361: rating of associated thermal overload module.


Current limitation on short-circuit




Thermal limit I2t in kA2 sin the short-circuit protection zone



Maximum peak current in kA






1008060

40

10

20

86

43

2

10,80,6

0,4

0,2

0,10,20,1 0,4 0,3 1 2 4 6 8 10 15 50 100 20020 35

ϕco

s =

0,7

= 0,

5

= 0,

3

= 0,

25

(1)1

1000800

600

400

200

100

80

60

40

20

101 2 4 6 8 10 15 20 50 100 20035

(1)1

3-phase 480/500 V, 50 Hz

Current limitation on short-circuit

1 18 to 25 A up to 63 A

Maximum thermal limit on short-circuit

1 18 to 25 A up to 63 A

(1) LB1-LD0322 to LD0361: rating of associated thermal overload module.

Current limitation and thermal limit on short-circuit (continued)






Thermal limit I2t in kA2sin the short-circuit protection zone

Maximum peak current in KA






With control test function, with padlocking facility


(1) For the unit to function, it must be fitted with a protection module, to be ordered separately, see page opposite.(2) Standard control circuit voltages (variable delivery times, please consult your Regional Sales Office).

(3) Variant: UL 508 “type E” approved version (SPCD) at 347/600 V; to order, add suffix H5 to the reference. Ex : LD1-LD030MH5.(4) For use on d.c., the unit is supplied with 1 or 2 voltage converters, including coil suppression device(s) (2 convertersfor reversing contactor breakers).


Standard power ratings Operational Breaking Basic reference (3) Weightof 3-phase motors current capacity Complete with 50/60 Hz in category AC-43 (Iq) code indicating

for control circuit220 V 400 V Ue ≤ 415 V voltage240 V 415 V 440 V 500 V 660 V (2) Usual voltageskW kW kW kW kW A kA kg

Without control test function and padlocking facility

Black knob

15 30 33 37 55 63 50 LD1-LD030 B E F M Q 3.70033



15 30 33 37 55 63 50 LD4-LD130 B E F M Q 3.80033


15 30 33 37 55 63 50 LD4-LD030 B E F M Q 3.80033


15 30 33 37 55 63 50 LD5-LD130 B E F M Q 7.60033


15 30 33 37 55 63 50 LD5-LD030 B E F M Q 7.60033

Volts 24 36 42 48 110 120 220 230 240 380 415 440 480 500 600 660400

50 Hz B – D E F – M M U Q N N – S – Y60 Hz BC CC – CE K FC LC MC MC – – UX Q – S – (4) BD – – ED FD – – – – – – – – – – –

References Motor starters - open version 1


LD1-LD030

LD5-LD030

Dimensions, schemes :pages 21009/2 to 21011/

5


(1) Protection modules UL and CSA approved.


Standard power ratings Thermal Magnetic Reference Weightof 3-phase motors setting protection50/60 Hz in category AC-43 range220 V 400 V 480 V 600 V (Irth min240 V 415 V 440 V 525 V 690 V to Irth max)kW kW kW kW kW A A kg

Fixed magnetic protection, set at 15 Irth max, for mounting on integral 63

3 5.5 5.5 7.5 10 10…13 – LB1-LD03P16 0.780

4 9 9 11 15 13…18 – LB1-LD03P21 0.780

5.5 11 11 15 18.5 18…25 – LB1-LD03P22 0.780

7.5 15 15 18.5 22 23…32 – LB1-LD03P53 0.780

9 22 22 25 33 28…40 – LB1-LD03P55 0.780

11 25 25 33 45 35…50 – LB1-LD03P57 0.780

15 33 33 40 55 45…63 – LB1-LD03P61 0.780

Adjustable magnetic protection, from 6 to 12 Irth max, for mounting on integral 63

3 5.5 5.5 7.5 10 10…13 78…156 LB1-LD03M16 0.780

4 9 9 11 15 13…18 108…216 LB1-LD03M21 0.780

5.5 11 11 15 18.5 18…25 150…300 LB1-LD03M22 0.780

7.5 15 15 18.5 22 23…32 190…380 LB1-LD03M53 0.780

9 22 22 25 33 28…40 240…480 LB1-LD03M55 0.780

11 25 25 33 45 35…50 300…600 LB1-LD03M57 0.780

15 33 33 40 55 45…63 380…760 LB1-LD03M61 0.780

Magnetic protection modules for frequent starting motors

Standard power ratings Magnetic Reference Weightof 3-phase motors protection50/60 Hz in category AC-43220 V 400 V 480 V 600 V240 V 415 V 440 V 525 V 690 VkW kW kW kW kW A kg

3 5.5 5.5 7.5 10 78…156 LB6-LD03M16 0.780

4 9 9 11 15 108…216 LB6-LD03M21 0.780

5.5 11 11 15 18.5 150…300 LB6-LD03M22 0.780

7.5 15 15 18.5 22 190…380 LB6-LD03M53 0.780

9 22 22 25 33 240…480 LB6-LD03M55 0.780

11 25 25 33 45 300…600 LB6-LD03M57 0.780

15 33 33 40 55 380…760 LB6-LD03M61 0.780



References

LB1-LD03M


5

LB6-LD03M


PEN



Note : The PEN conductor must not be isolated

Note : All live conductors must be isolated. Neutral protection optional.

Selecting the type of contactor breaker and protection module

Neutral point Type Equipment Combinationconnection of scheme contactor breaker + protection module

circuit

Neutral TNC 3-pole LD1-LD030 + LB1-LD03Lconnect- (neutral + PENion and PE

combined)LD4-LD130 + LB1-LD03L

LD4-LD030 + LB1-LD03L

TNS 3-pole LD1-LD030 + LB1-LD03L(neutraland PEseparated)

LB4-LD130 + LB1-LD03L

LD4-LD030 + LB1-LD03L

Selection


5




Thermal-magnetic (compensated)

(1) For the unit to function, it must be fitted with a protection module, to be ordered separately.(2) Standard control circuit voltages (variable delivery times, please consult your Regional Sales Office).

(3) For use on d.c., the unit is supplied with a voltage converter, including coil suppression device.


Rated Maximum Maximum Breaking Number Basic reference. Weightthermal operational operational capacity of Complete withcurrent current voltage (Iq) poles code indicatingI th AC-1 for control circuitθ ≤ 40 °C θ ≤ 40 °C Ue ≤ 415 V voltage (2) Usual voltagesA A V kA kg

Without control test function, with padlocking facilityBlack knob

63 63 690 50 3 LD1-LD030 B E F M Q 3.700

With control test function and padlocking facilityBlack knob (CNOMO, VDE 0113)

63 63 690 50 3 LD4-LD130 B E F M Q 3.800


63 63 690 50 3 LD4-LD030 B E F M Q 3.800

Protection modules (for customer assembly)

Thermal Magnetic Number Number Reference Weightsetting setting of ofrange range poles protected(Irth min (3…6 Irth max) polesto Irth max)A A kg

10…13 39…78 3 3 LB1-LD03L16 0.780

13…18 54…108 3 3 LB1-LD03L21 0.780

18…25 75…150 3 3 LB1-LD03L22 0.780

23…32 95…190 3 3 LB1-LD03L53 0.780

28…40 120…240 3 3 LB1-LD03L55 0.780

35…50 150…300 3 3 LB1-LD03L57 0.780

45…63 190…380 3 3 LB1-LD03L61 0.780

Volts 24 36 42 48 110 120 220 230 240 380 415 440 480 500 600 660400

50 Hz B – D E F – M M U Q N N – S – Y60 Hz BC CC – CE K FC LC MC MC – – UX Q – S – (3) BD – – ED FD – – – – – – – – – – –

References

LD1-LD030

LB1-LD03L


5


1




(1) UL and CSA approved.

Instantaneous auxiliary contact blocks (IP 20) (1)


N/O N/C C/O kg

LD1. LD4 1 block of 6 contacts comprising: LA1-LC010 0.280or LD5 - 3 signalling contacts “contactor state” 2 1 –Mounted on - 1 signalling contact “control knob – – 1RH side in any position other than «Auto»”

- 1 signalling contact – – 1“tripped on short-circuit”- 1 signalling contact “tripped” – – 1

1 block of 5 contacts comprising: LA1-LC012 0.220- 3 signalling contacts “contactor state” 2 1 –- 1 signalling contact 1 – –“tripped on short-circuit”- 1 signalling contact “tripped” 1 – –

1 block of 4 contacts comprising: LA1-LC025 0.170- 3 signalling contacts “contactor state” 2 1 –- 1 signalling contact “tripped”, 1 1 –selectable by the user

1 block of 3 signalling contacts 2 1 – LA1-LC020 0.100“contactor state”

LD4 1 control circuit isolating block 1 – – LA1-LC030 0.035Mounted on (1 or 2 blocks per unit)LH side

LD5 1 block of 3 signalling contacts 2 1 – LA1-LC021 0.100Mounted on “contactor state”LH side

1 control circuit isolating block 2 – – LA1-LC031 0.100comprising 2 contacts

Complementary block with one instantaneous auxiliary contact (IP 10) (1)

LD1. LD4 or 1 block comprising – 1 – LA1-LC001 0.035LD5 1 signalling contact “contactor state”

Mounted on LH side or RH side

References


5


1




(1) Standard control circuit voltages (variable delivery times, please consult your Regional Sales Office).

Electrical tripping and reset devices

For Type and number Basic reference. Weightuse on per unit Complete with code kg

indicating controlcirc. voltage (1) Usual voltage

LD1, LD4 1 tripping block for operation Time delay 0.2 s LA1-LC070p B E F M Q 0.150or LD5 on de-energisationfitted with an (undervoltage trip)LA1-LC010orLA1-LC012add-on block

Instantaneous LA1-LC072p B E F M Q 0.150

or 1 tripping block for Instantaneous LA1-LC071p B E F M Q 0.150operation on energisation(shunt trip)

LD1, LD4 1 remote electrical 24 V 50/60 Hz LA1-LC052B – 0.320or LD5 reset blockfitted with anLA1-LC010orLA1-LC012add-on block

42 V 50 Hz LA1-LC052E – 0.32048 V 50/60 Hz

100/127 V 50/60 Hz LA1-LC052F – 0.320

200/240 V 50/60 Hz LA1-LC052M – 0.320

Volts 24 48 110 120 220/230 240 380/400 415 44050 Hz B E F – M U Q N N60 Hz B E F F M M Q – N

References


5


1




For c control circuit operation

(1) For reversing contactor breakers, order 2 interface modules or 2 voltage converters.(2) When used on rectified single-phase or 3-phase supply, the ripple must be equal to or less than 0.14 of the averagevoltage.Operating limits 0.8 to 1.1 Uc for an ambient temperature ≤ 40 °C.(3) It is essential that the voltage converter be associated with the specific coil indicated.(4) 24 V and 48 V converters can be operated by “low level input”. In this case, the control circuit voltage must be thesame as the supply voltage (24 or 48 V).(5) An RC circuit provides effective protection for circuits highly sensitive to high frequency interference. Voltage limitedto 3 Uc max. and oscillating frequency limited to 400 Hz max.Slight increase in drop-out time (1.2 to 2 times the normal time).


Mounting Type Control Operational Reference Weightvoltage c voltage 50/60 HzV V kg

On top Sold state 5…24 24…240 LA1-LD180BD 0.110of theintegralunit

Relay output 24 24…240 LA1-LD580BD 0.110

48 24…240 LA1-LD580ED 0.110

Replacement coils and voltage converters (1)

Mounting For Operational Consumption Description Reference (3) Weightintegral voltage Inrush Sealed

c (2)V W W kg

On top LDp-LDpppBD 24 (4) 300 8 Coil LX1-LD0249 0.300of theintegralunit

Converter LA1-LD080BD 0.150

LDp-LDpppED 48 (4) 300 8 Coil LX1-LD0489 0300

Converter LA1-LD080ED 0.150

LDp-LDpppFD 110 300 8 Coil LX1-LD1109 0.300

Converter LA1-LD080FD 0.150

Coil suppressor module

Mounting Type Operational Reference Weightvoltage 50/60 HzV kg

Clip-on RC circuit (resistor-capacitor) (5) ≤ 250 LA9-D09982 0.010

References


5



integral 63 contactor breakers and reversing contactor breakersAccessories (to be ordered separately)


Description For Sold Unit Weightuse on in reference

lots of kg

Power terminal Upstream power 5 LA9-LD701 0.050protection shrouds terminals (L1, L2, L3)

Sealing covers Protection 1 LA1-LC090 0.010module


Description For Mounting Reference Weightuse on on kg

Mounting plates LD1, LD4, LD5 1 x 75 mm LA9-LD010 0.450 railor 2 x 32, rails

Door interlock mechanisms (IP54)

Type For Colour Reference Weightuse on of knob kg

Adjustable LD1 Red LA9-LC330 0.400from 0 to 185 mmwith extension(control knob mountedon plate or door)


LD4, LD5 Red LA9-LC530 0.400


References

LA9-LD010

LA1-LC090


Selection : pages 21152/2 to 21152/5


Dimensions, schemes : pages 21009/2 to 21011/5



integral 63 contactor breakers and reversing contactor breakersCoils (Replacement parts)



Integral 63 can operate on a d.c. supply when fitted with a special coil and a corresponding voltage converter:see page 21171/7.

(1) Coil voltage reference code letter(s), used to complete the basic reference when ordering an integral unit.

a.c. operation

Rated Average Inductance Voltage reference Weightcontrol circuit voltages resistance of referenceUc Uc at 20 °C ± 10 % closed code50 Hz 60 Hz circuit (1)V V Ω H kg

– 24 0.213 0.045 BC LX1-LD020 0.300

24 – 0.323 0.071 B LX1-LD024 0.300

– 36 0.503 0.106 CC LX1-LD030 0.300

– 48 0.845 0.19 CE LX1-LD040 0.300

42 – 0.987 0.22 D LX1-LD042 0.300

48 – 1.26 0.29 E LX1-LD048 0.300

– 110 4.88 1 K LX1-LD090 0.300

– 115/120 5.89 1.18 FC LX1-LD100 0.300

110 – 6.48 1.48 F LX1-LD110 0.300

127 – 9.80 2.13 G LX1-LD127 0.300

– 220 19.82 4.2 LC LX1-LD180 0.300

– 230/240 23.24 4.5 MC LX1-LD190 0.300

220/230 – 30.51 6.7 M LX1-LD220 0.300

240 – 37.66 7.9 U LX1-LD240 0.300

– 440 80.46 16.7 UX LX1-LD360 0.300

380/400 460/480 93.63 20 Q LX1-LD380 0.300

415/440 – 116.46 23.7 N LX1-LD415 0.300

500 575/600 152.18 31 S LX1-LD500 0.300

660 – 290.80 60 Y LX1-LD660 0.300

d.c. operation

References

LX1-LD


Selection : pages 21152/2 to 21152/5


Dimensions, schemes : pages 21009/2 to 21011/5


53

54

53

54

53

54

53

54

53

54

53

54

53

54

53

54

16 18

15

16 18

15

41

42

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

16 18

15

16 18

15

06 08

05

96 98

95

13 23 31

14 24 32

08

05 95

98 13 23 31

14 24 32 95

96

95

98 13 23 31

14 24 32

53

54

41

42

06 08

05

96 98

95

13 23 31

14 24 32

08

05 95

98 13 23 31

14 24 32 95

96

95

98 13 23 31

14 24 32

41

42

06 08

05

06 08

05

06 08

05

06 08

05

96 98

95

96 98

95

13 23 31

14 24 32

08

05

08

05

08

05

08

05

95

98

95

98

13 23 31

14 24 32 95

96

95

98

95

96

95

98

13 23 31

14 24 32

41

42

96 98

95

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

16 18

15

16 18

15

16 18

15

16 18

15

16 18

15

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

95

98

95

96

95

98 41

42

41

42

41

42

41

42

41

42

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

96 98

95 95

98

95

96

95

98

06 08

05

06 08

05

96 98

95

08

05

08

05

95

98

95

96

95

98

96 98

95

96 98

95

95

98

95

98

95

96

95

98

95

96

95

98


LA1-LC030

LA1-LC020

LD1 LD4

LD1 LD4

06 08

05

08

05

TRIP. +

RESET

TRIP. +

RESET

TRIP. + TRIP. +

TRIP. + TRIP. +

TRIP. + TRIP. +

AUTO AUTO

AUTO AUTO

TRIP. + TRIP. +

2/T

1

4/T

2

6/T

35/

L3

3/L2

1/L1

A2A1

2/T

1

4/T

2

6/T

3

1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

A2A1

U

1314 32

31232415

16 18

0506 08

9596 98 08

05

9895 95

96 9895

ou

4241 (5

3)(5

4)63

64

0Auto +

U U

1314 32

312324

1314 32

312324

1314 32

312324

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32




Auxiliary contacts

Operation



Characteristics : pages 21152/2 to 21159/

11References :

pages 21169/2 to 21172/3Dimensions :

pages 21009/2 and 21009/3

Off + isolation

Off

Off after overload

Tripped on overload


Manual reset

contact open

On, contactor open


contact closed


LD5

LA1-LC021


LA1-LC001

LA1-LC031

95

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

15

16 18

15

16 18

0608

05

0608

05

0608

05

0608

05

95

96 98

95

96 98

95

96 98

95

96 98

13 23 31

14 24 32

08

05 95

98 13 23 31

14 24 32 95

96

95

98 13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

08

05 95

98 13 23 31

14 24 32 95

96

95

98 13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

08

05 95

98 13 23 31

14 24 32 95

96

95

98 13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

08

05 95

98 13 23 31

14 24 32 95

96

95

98 13 23 31

14 24 32

42

41 13 23 31

14 24 32

53

54

63

64

16 18

15

16 18

15

53

54

63

6442

41 13 23 31

14 24 32

53

54

63

6442

41 13 23 31

14 24 32

53

54

63

64

0608

05 95

96 98 08

05 95

98

95

96

95

9816 18

15

53

54

63

64

13 23 31

14 24 32

06 08

05

08

05

060805

96 98

95

08

05 95

98

95

96

95

98

96 98

95 95

98

95

96

95

98060805

08

05

96 98

95 95

98

95

96

95

98

96 98

95 95

98

95

96

95

98

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

41

42

13 23 31

14 24 32

0608

05

08

05

53

54

63

64

13 23 31

14 24 32

41

42

41

42

13 23 31

14 24 3295

96

95

9813 23 31

14 24 32

9813 23 31

14 24 32

96 98

95

16 18

15

13 23 31

14 24 32

0608

05

08

05

53

54

63

64

13 23 31

14 24 32

41

42

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

16 18

15

13 23 31

14 24 32

53

54

63

64

13 23 31

14 24 32

41

42

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

16 18

15

13 23 31

14 24 32

53

54

63

64

13 23 31

14 24 32

41

42

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

16 18

15

13 23 31

14 24 32

53

54

63

64

13 23 31

14 24 32

41

42

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

13 23 31

14 24 32

16 18

15

13 23 31

14 24 32

TRIP. +

TRIP. +

TRIP. +

TRIP. +

TRIP. +

RESET

AUTO

AUTO

AUTO

2/T

1

4/T

2

6/T

3

1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

A2 A1

A2 A1

U

1314 32

312324 15

16 18

0506 08

9596 98 08

05

9895 95

96 9895

ou

4241 53

54

6364

ou0Auto +

U U

1314 32

312324

1314 32

312324

1314 32

312324

1314 32

312324




Auxiliary contacts

Operation

Manual reset



Off after overload

Tripped on overload

On, closed

On, closed

On, reversing contactor open

Off

Off + isolation



Characteristics : pages 21159/2 to 21159/

11References :

pages 21169/2 to 21172/3Dimensions :

pages 21009/2 and 21009/3


128,

512

1,5

146

158,5

192

250

LA1-LD080

28

=90

104,

545

100,

5

210

16,5

=

= =

135

==

4,5 90

45

45

99

135

==364,5

45

45123

7078

,5

148,

5

109,5

139123

7097

,5

167,

5

109,5

139

LA1-LB080

135

364,5

45

45

100

88

109

123

9989

188

LA1-LC080

155= =

66

74,5

68,5

19= = 816

0

45

85

52 33

38= =

100

88

109

123

9989

188

LA1-LC080

155= =

66

74,5

68,5

19= = 816

0

45

85

52 33

38= =

94

88

109

123

155

9389

182

45

132

33= 85 8

160

68,5

68,5

=

121,

515

3,5

275

148

160,5

194 181

45

100,

545

129,

5

59 63 59

210

16,5

121,

512

1,5

146

158,5

192

243

= =28

= =90

97,5

4510

0,5

210

16,5



Contactor breakers and reversing contactor breakers integral 18Control circuit : a.c. Control circuit : d.c.

LD1-LB030 LD5-LB130 LD-LB30 + LB-LB03P + LA1-LB080 + LB-LB03P + LB-LB03PLD3-LB

Contactor breakers integral 32Control circuit : a.c. Control circuit : d.c.

LD-LC30 LD-LC40 LD-LC0 + LB-LC0 + LA1-LC080+ LB-LC03 + LB1-LC0 LD-LC30 LD-LC40

Contactor breakers integral 63Control circuit : a.c. Control circuit : d.c.LD-LD30 + LB-LD03 LD-LD30 + LBLD03 + LA1-LD080

Contactor breakers and reversing contactor breakers integral 32 Contactor breakers and reversing contactor breakers integral 63LD5-LC30 + LB-LC03M LD5-LC30 + LB-LC03M

Dimensions





Schemes :pages 21011/2 to 21011/5


6

53,5

146

2ØM4

103

115

51 12 12

b

13

LA1-LC001

11

LA1-LC012

26

LA1-LC010

LA1-LC070LA1-LC071LA1-LC072

51 12 9 9

LA1-LC001

1112

LA1-LC025

b

1311

LA1-LC025

LA1-LC021

LA1-LC001

12 26

LA1-LC031

LA1-LC021

13 11

LA1-LC012

LA1-LC001

26

LA1-LC010

LA1-LC070LA1-LC071LA1-LC072

51 12

11 12 12 11

LA1-LB021, LB0211

LA1-LB001

LA1-LB001

LA1-LB015

1112

LA1-LB001

LA1-LB015



For mounting on contactor breakers integral 32 and 63

Add-on blocksFor mounting on contactor breakers and reversing contactor breakers integral 18

Add-on blocksFor mounting on contactor breakers and reversing contactor breakers integral 32 and 63

Current limiter Add-on blocksLA9-LB920 For mounting on contactor breakers integral 18

LA1-LB015 LA1-LB031 LA1-LB034 LA1-LB080BDLA1-LB001 LA1-LB0311 LA1-LB0341 LA4-D

LA1-LB080BD b = 19LA4-DA, DE, DF, DT b = 12LA4-DL, DM, DR, DW b = 19

Add-on blocks

LA1-LC012 LA1-LC010 LA1-LC052 LA1-LC020 LA1-LC030 LA1-LC025LA1-LC001 LA1-LC07 (1 or 2) LA1-LC001

LA1-LB015 LA1-LB080BDLA1-LB021, LB0211, LA1-LB001 LA4-D

LA1-LB080BD b = 19LA4-DA, DE, DF, DT b = 12LA4-DL, DM, DR, DW b = 19

LA1-LC021, LC025 LA1-LC031 LA1-LC012 LA1-LC010 LA1-LC052 LA1-LC020LA1-LC001 LA1-LC001 LA1-LC07

Dimensions, mounting







c 15 c

210

G 4xØM5

75G

220

210

DZ5-ME9

GAF1-EA5

210

c 33

137,

512

8,5

266

LA9-LD010

155 (AM1-DE200)

182

10

8993

15155 155 G

160

AF1-EA4a

170

G

160

DZ5-ME8

(AM1-DE200)

148,

5

10139

7078

,5

15139139

45AF1-EA4 36

135

145

36

DZ5-ME8

135

100

min

i10

0 m

ini LA9-LB930



integral 18

integral 32

integral 32 with current limiter LA9-LB920

integral 63

On 35 mm rail On 32 mm rails, at 145 mm centres On pre-slotted mounting plate AM1-P

integral 18 with current limiter LA9-LB920 Several integral 18 units with current limiter LA9-LB920LH side Upstream

On 35 mm rail On 32 mm rails, at 170 mm centres On pre-slotted mounting plate AM1-P

a G GLD1-LC30 66 LD1-LC30 19 LD1-LC30 19LD1-LC40 85 LD1-LC40 38 LD1-LC40 38LD4-LC30 66 LD4-LC30 19 LD4-LC30 19LD4-LC40 85 LD4-LC40 38 LD4-LC40 38LD5-LC30 132 LD5-LC30 85 LD5-LC30 85

LH side Upstream

On 75 mm rail, with mounting plate LA9-LD010 On 32 mm rails, at 220 mm centres On pre-slotted mounting plate AM1-P

a b c G c G c GLD1 266 137.5 192 28 LD1 192 28 LD1 192 28LD4 266 137.5 192 28 LD4 192 28 LD4 192 28LD5 282 153.5 194 63 LD5 194 63 LD5 194 63

Mounting







110

120

36139

110

96

155 33

206

LA9-LC012

160

19

75

120

110

40

DZ5-ME5

155

LA9-LC012

31

3650

110

120

155 36

28

208

4xM5,5

75

28

210

155 37

LA9-LC011

33

LA9-LD010

160

155 37

LA9-LC011

160

c 31

G

LA9-LD010

68

120

110

40

DZ5-ME5



integral 18 With mounting plate LA9-LC010On 32 mm rails, at 120 mm centres

integral 32

With height compensation plate LA9-LC011 (1)

On 75 mm rail

integral 63 With mounting plate LA9-LD010On 32 mm rails, at 120 mm centres

With mounting plate LA9-LC010 With mounting plate LA9-LC012 With mounting plate LA9-LC012On 32 mm rails, at 120 mm centres On 75 mm rail On 32 mm rails, at 120 mm centres

With mounting plate LA9-LD010 On pre-slotted mounting plate AM1-P

(1) For raising the front face of the integral 32 to the same height as that of the integral 63.

c GLD1 192 78LD4 192 78LD5 194 94

Mounting







2

446 =

=

1

a

a1

a2

(1)

(2)

4 (1)

46 ==

1

a

a1

a2

(2)

(3)

2020

4 (1)

46 ==

1

a

a1

a2

(2)

(3)

2020

3030


(2) Fixing centreintegral 32 contactor breakers and reversing contactor breakers

(3) Fixing centreintegral 63 contactor breakers and reversing contactor breakers

(1) Maximum door thickness for interlocking by

Flush mounting Safety clearance

a a1 a2LD1-LB030 46 – –LD5-LB130 100 – –LA1-LB0 – 13.5 –2 x LA1-LB0 – – 27(1) Centre of operating knob


a a1 a2LD1-LC030 66 – –LD4-LC30 66 – –LD1-LC040 85 – –LD4-LC40 85 – –LD5-LC30 122 – –LA1-LC010 – 13 –LA1-LC012 – 13 –LA1-LC010 + LA1-LC052 – – 51LA1-LC012 + LA1-LC052 – – 51(1) Maximum door thickness for interlocking byLD4 and LD5(2) Centre of operating knob


a a1 a2LD1-LD030 90 – –LD4-LD30 90 – –LD5-LD30 181 – –LA1-LC010 – 13 –LA1-LC012 – 13 –LA1-LC010 + LA1-LC052 – – 51LA1-LC012 + LA1-LC052 – – 51

LD4 and LD5(2) Centre of operating knob(3) Fixing centre



Mounting





19= =

80

66

==

38= =

80

85

52 33

85= =

80

132

99 33

8080

54 170…320

65 182

= =28

105

90

==

243

6359 59

105

105

181

45

27510

510

5

207…357 (LD4)209…359 (LD5)

54

65

148,

5

180…34054

65

=

36

63,2

5

45

=

135

=

63,2

5

90

99

=

135

= =

==

54

54

= =

==

54

54

= =

==

54

54

integral 18Adjustable door interlock mechanism LA9-LB33

integral 32Adjustable door interlock mechanism LA9-LC33 and LA9-LC53For mounting on LD4-LC30 and LC40, LD5-LC30

integral 63Adjustable door interlock mechanism LA9-LC33 and LA9-LC53For mounting on LD4-LD30 and LD5-LD30

Door drillings

For mounting on LD1-LB030 + LB-LB03PLD5-LB130 + LB-LB03P

LD1-LB030 LD5-LB130+ LB-LB03P + LB-LB03P

Door drillings

LD4-LC30 LD4-LC40 LD5-LC30

Door drillings

LD4-LD30 LD5-LD30



Mounting of accessories





13 23 31

14 24 32

9695

9897

4142

LA1-LB015 LA1-LB001

1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

A2A1

A2A1

6/T

3

2/T

1

4/T

2

II I

1817

LA1-LB0341

0506

0708

1615

LA1-LB0311

1615

1817 Auto 0

13 23 31

14 24 3218

17

LA1-LB0211

1615

4142

LA1-LB001

080705

06

Auto 0

1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

/T1

/T2

/T3

A2A1

1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

2/T

1

4/T

2

6/T

3

A2A1

1817

A1-LB034

0506

0708

1615

LA1-LB031

1615

1817 Auto 0

13 23 31

14 24 3218

17

LA1-LB021

1615

4142

LA1-LB001

080705

06

Auto 0

Add-on blocks

Contactor breakers integral 18 Reversing contactor breakers integral 18 Current limiter LA9-LB920 +with protection module LB with protection module LB contactor breakers integral 18LD1-LB030 + LB1-LB03P LD5-LB130 + LB1-LB03P with protection module LBLD3-LB130M LD1-LB030 + LB1-LB03P

For contactor breakers LD1 and LD3 For contactor breakers LD1, LD3 and reversing contactor breakers LD5Mounted on LH side Mounted on RH side

For reversing contactor breakers LD5Mounted on LH side

Schemes Motor starters - open version 1


Breaker

Contacts incor-porated in unit

Control knob position

Signalling

Breaker


Signalling

Short-circuitsignalling



Signalling


Breaker

Trip signalling


Signalling




Dimensions:pages 21009/2 to 21173/3

Contacts incor-porated in unit


2/T

1

4/T

2

6/T

3

N2

1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

N1

A2A1

2/T

1

4/T

2

6/T

3

N2

1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

N1

2/T

1

4/T

2

6/T

3

N2

A2A1

2/T

1

4/T

2

6/T

3

2/T

1

4/T

2

6/T

3

1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

A2 A1

A2 A1

5453

5453(6

3)(6

4)

LA1-LC030

13 23 31

14 24 32

1314

3132

9598

1314

3132

4142


9895

96

0805

0618

15

160Auto +

2324

0508

2324

1314

3132

LA1-LC025

2324

9895

9695

ou

ou

1314

3132

4142

LA1-LC021LA1-LC001

2324

5453

6463

LA1-LC031

/T1

/T2

/T3

2/T

1

4/T

2

6/T

3

A2A1

1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

Current limiter LA9-LB920 + Contactor breakers integral 32 with protection module LBLD-LC30 + LB1-LC03M

Add-on blocksFor reversing contactor breakers LD5Mounted on LH side

Contactor breakers integral 32 Reversing contactor breakers integral 32with protection module LB with protection module LBLD1-LC00 + LB1-LC0 LD4-LC0 + LB1-LC0 LD5-LC30 + LB1-LC03M

LB1-LC05L

LB6-LC03M

LB6-LC03M

Add-on blocks Add-on blocksFor contactor breakers LD4 For contactor breakers LD1 or LD4 and reversing contactor breakers LD5Mounted on LH side Mounted on RH side



Schemes

Isolator

Isolator

1 or 2 LA1-LC030


Control knob positionsignalling

Breaker

Trip signalling



Dimensions :pages 21009/2 to 21173/3


2/T

1

4/T

2

6/T

3

A2A1

–Q1

1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

2/T

1

4/T

2

6/T

35/

L3

3/L2

1/L1

A2A1

Q1

2/T

1

4/T

2

6/T

3

1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

A2 A1

A2 A1

2/T

1

4/T

2

6/T

3

5453

5453(6

3)(6

4)

LA1-LC030

13 23 31

14 24 32

1314

3132

9598

1314

3132

4142


9895

96

0805

0618

15

160Auto +

2324

0508

2324

1314

3132

LA1-LC025

2324

9895

9695

ou

ou

1314

3132

4142

LA1-LC021LA1-LC001

2324

5453

6463

LA1-LC031

2/T

1

4/T

2

6/T

3

Add-on blocks

Contactor breakers integral 63 Reversing contactor breakers integral 63 with protection module LB with protection module LBLD1-LD030 + LB1-LD03 LD4-LD30 + LB1-LD03 LD5-LD30 + LB1-LD03M or LD03P

LB6-LD03M LB6-LD03M

For contactor breakers LD4 For contactor breakers LD1 or LD4 and reversing contactor breakers LD5Mounted on LH side Mounted on RH side

For reversing contactor breakers LD5 Mounted on LH side

Schemes Motor starters - open version 1


Isolator

1 or 2 LA1-LC030

Control knob positionsignalling


Tripsignalling

Breaker

Isolator



Dimensions :pages 21009/2 to 21173/3


+

– (0V)

E1

E3

E2

A1

A2

+

– (0V)

E1

E2

A1

A2

+

–(0V)

E1

E3

E2

A1

A2

+–

KA1

A2

E1

+

E2

–

+ E1

– E2

A1

A2

+ E1

– E2

A1

A2

KA1

A2

A1

A2

t0

D1

D2

U<

KA1

A2

E1

+

E2

–

KA1

A2

A1 A

2

t0

B2

C1

C2

MB4

B2

B3

B1

KA1

A2

E1

+

E2

–

KA1

A2

A2

B1

A1

(1)

I/O

AUTO/MAN

The use of instantaneous auxil-iary contact block LA1-LC020prevents the use of tripping de-vices or electrical reset devices

(1) For contactor breakers and reversing contactor breakers already fitted with an LA1-LC010 or LA1-LC012 instantaneous auxiliary contact block.Interface modules

Interface modules

Voltage convertersLA1-LB080, LC080, LD080(supplied with contactor breakers for control circuit operation)

(1) PLC.

Tripping devices (1) for LD1, LD4, LD5 Remote electrical reset devices (1) for LD1, LD4, LD5LA1-LC071 LA1-LC070, LC072 LA1-LC052

LA4-DW solid state LA4-DF relay output LA4-DL relay output(with manual override)

LA1-LC180, LD180 LA1-LC580, LD580

Switching by control contact Switching by “Low level” input24 or 48 V 24 or 48 V

Electronic serial timer modules Control modules Automatic-Manual-StopLA4-DT On-delay LA4-DR Off-delay LA4-DM



Schemes

Auto

0

Lowlevelinput

Sup

ply

TRIP +RESET


References :pages 21162/2 to 21164/3,

21165/2 to 21168/3,21169/2 to 21172/3

Dimensions:pages 21009/2 to 21173/3


TeSys motor starters - open versionAdaptors for use with busbar systems

Presentation

Reducing the installation time of components is an important factor that also increases productivity.The comprehensive range of adaptors and mounting accessories allows this objective to be achieved.There are numerous advantages:- saving of space in enclosures,- reduced size of enclosures,- reduced wiring time,- increased protection of personnel against accidental direct contact (IP 20) through the use of insulated mounting rails,- flexibility and modularity of equipment- reliable operation of the equipment with easier maintenance.

DescriptionPower distribution is achieved by a 3-pole or 5-pole busbar system.The adaptors clip directly onto the busbar system, providing instantaneous electrical connection.Busbar system pitch: 40 or 60 mm.These adaptors allow mounting of motor starter components such as:- GV2-ME, GV2-P or GV3-ME motor circuit-breakers,- K and D range contactors up to 38 A,- integral 18, 32 and 63 contactor breakers,- LH4-N1 and LH4-N2 soft starters.They are available in different sizes to allow easy installation of varying component combinations.These adaptors can be used in conjunction with interface modules communicating with an AS-i bus, see pages 21087/2 to 21087/7. This enables motor starters to be set up on an AS-i bus, bringing all the advantages of the 2 technologies.

General characteristics

Conforming to standards IEC 60439Degree of protection IP 20 with insulated mounting rail LA9-Z098

Temperature resistance °C 120

Rated frequency of current Hz 50/60Rated operational current

Depending on type of busbar mm 12 x 5 12 x 10 15 x 5 20 x 5 20 x 10 25 x 5 30 x 5 30 x 10and at 35 °C A 200 360 250 320 520 400 450 630

Coefficient K to be applied °C 35 40 45 50 55 60according to ambient temperature K 1 0.9 0.75 0.65 0.55 0.35

Rated insulation voltage V 690 conforming to IEC 60947-1 and NF C 20-040Rated operational voltage V 690Rated permissible peak current

With busbar support LA9-Z11098 and Z11099 LA9-Z11100 and Z11101Busbar size mm 12 x 5 12 x 10 12 x 5 12 x 10 20 x 10 30 x 5 30 x 10Rated current kA 35 35 30 35 35 45 55

Maximum let-through energy A2s 1 x 108 4 x 108 1 x 108 11 x 108 11 x 108 6.2 x 108 24.8 x 108

Support fixing, by screws mm 4 x 6 4 x 5

Cabling, by connectors LA9-Z11103 LA9-Z11104 LA9-Z11105Min Max Min Max Min Max

Flexible cable with cable end mm2 4 35 16 70 120 120Multi-strand cable mm2 4 35 16 70 35 120Solid cable mm2 4 35 – – – –Tightening torque mm2 1 x 6 1 x 10 3 x 12

Characteristics of adaptors for use with busbar systems (3-phase)

LA9- LA9- LA9- LA9- LA9- LA9-Types Z32196, Z32199, Z32200, Z32343, Z32344, Z32345 Z32253 Z32248

Z32228, Z32229. Z32208 to Z32210. Z40132, Z60132, Z32249Z32238, Z32239 Z32232 Z40232, Z60232

Degree of protection to IEC 60529 IP 20

Conductor c.s.a. mm2 4 6 6 10 16 2.5(colour: black) AWG 12 AWG 10 AWG 10 AWG 8 – AWG 22/14

Type of conductor insulation PVC 105 °C –

Permissible current A 25 32 32 63 80 15

Rated insulation voltage V 690 conforming to NF C 20-040 and IEC 60947-1 250

Rated peak current kA 6 6 6 10 10 –Maximum let-through energy A2s 2 x 105 2 x 105 2 x 105 3 x 105 3 x 105 –

Presentation, characteristics

LA9-Z32199




50

40

30

20

10

0200 300 400 500 600

12 x 5 et 12 x 10

70

60

50

40

30

20200 300 400 500 600

12 x 5

12 x 10et 20 x 10

30 x 5

30 x 10

,2

,1

,0

,9

,8

,7

,6

,5

,4

,3

,2

,1

,0

,9

,8

,7

,6

,5

,4

,350 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120 125

0°C

51015

2025

3035404550

5560

65

TeSys motor starters - open versionAdaptors for use with busbar systemsShort-circuit resistance

Determining the spacing between busbar supports (1)

Busbar system with 40 mm pitch Busbar system with 60 mm pitch

(1) Depending on the prospective short-circuit current.

Current capacity of busbars

For an ambient temperature of 35°C and a busbar temperature of 65°CC.s.a. mm2 12 x 5 15 x 5 20 x 5 25 x 5 30 x 5 12 x 10 20 x 10 30 x 10Permissible current A 200 250 320 400 450 360 520 630

If the above climatic conditions are modified, consult the chart below to find the correction factor K2 to be applied.

Example: in normal operating conditions, a set of 30 x 10 tinned busbars can withstand a continuous load of 630 A. For a load of 800 A, the correction coefficient K2 to be applied will be 1.3 ( 800 A ). It follows that the temperature riseof the busbars will be 82.5 °C. 630 A

Characteristics



Factor k2

Am

bie

nt t

emp

era

ture

Busbar tempterature (°C)

Pe

ak c

urr

ent I

pk

(kA

)

Busbar support fixing centres (mm) Busbar support fixing centres (mm)

Pe

ak c

urr

ent I

pk

(kA

)


5003

34

5003

36

5003

37

500

335

40 mm : LA9-Z32196

40 mm : LA9-Z3222860 mm : LA9-Z32229

40 mm : LA9-Z4013260 mm : LA9-Z60132

40 mm : LA9-Z3219960 mm : LA9-Z32200

GV2-ME, GV2-P

GV2-ME, GV2-P

GV2-ME, GV2-P

GV2-ME, GV2-P

LC1, LP1, LP4-K06...K12

LC1, LP1, LP4-K06...K12

LC1-D09...D38

LC1-D09...D38



Adaptors for busbar systems with 40 mm pitch - non-reversing

Motor starter type Operational Width Sold Unit Weightcurrent x height in referenceAC-3 of lots of440 V adaptorA mm kg

GV2-ME + LC1, LP1, LP4-K06…K12 12 45 x 139 4 LA9-Z32196 0.788orGV2-P

45 x 182 4 LA9-Z32228 0.984

GV2-ME + LC1-D09…D38 32 45 x 182 4 LA9-Z40132 0.984orGV2-P

54 x 182 4 LA9-Z32199 1.144


Motor starter type Operational Width Sold Unit Weightcurrent x height in referenceAC-3 of lots of440 V adaptorA m km



54 x 182 4 LA9-Z32200 1.220

References

Characteristics : pages 24581/2 and 24581/3



5003

39

500

340

5003

41

500

342

40 mm : LA9-Z32232

60 mm : LA9-Z32210

40 mm : LA9-Z4023260 mm : LA9-Z60232

40 mm : LA9-Z3220860 mm : LA9-Z32209

GV2-ME, GV2-P

GV2-ME, GV2-P

GV2-ME, GV2-P

GV2-ME, GV2-P

LC2, LP2, LP5-K06...K12

LC2, LP2, LP5-K06...K12

LC2-D09...D38

LC2-D09...D38



Adaptors for busbar systems with 40 mm pitch - reversing



GV2-ME + LC2-D09…D38 32 90 x 182 4 LA9-Z40232 1.884or GV2-P

135 x 182 1 LA9-Z32208 0.638





135 x 182 1 LA9-Z32209 0.651

References




GV2-ME, GV2-P

5003

49

500

350

GV3-ME

GV2-ME, GV2-P

LH4-N2

5003

51

500

352

LD5-LB, LC

500

354

5003

53

60 mm : LA9-Z32238 60 mm : LA9-Z32239

60 mm : LA9-Z32343

60 mm : LA9-Z32345

60 mm : LA9-Z32344

LH4-N1

LD1-LDLD4-LD

LD1-LB, LCLD4-LC

60 mm : LA9-Z32253





Integral LD1-LB 18 67.5 x 182 1 LA9-Z32343 0.590

Integral LD1, LD4-LC 32 67.5 x 182 1 LA9-Z32343 0.590

Integral LD1, LD4-LD 63 108 x 244 1 LA9-Z32345 0.887

GV2-ME + LH4-N1 25 45 x 242 4 LA9-Z32238 1.476orGV2-P

LH4-N2 25 90 x 242 2 LA9-Z32239 1.476

GV3-ME 80 72 x 182 1 LA9-Z32253 0.347


Motor starter type Operational Width Reference Weightcurrent x height AC-3 of440 V adaptorA mm kg

Integral LD5-LB 18 135 x 182 LA9-Z32344 1.001

Integral LD5-LC 32 135 x 182 LA9-Z32344 1.001

References

or




LA9-Z11099 LA9-Z11098 LA9-Z11103

LA9-Z32936 LA9-Z098pp

LA9-Z32ppp

40

mm

60 m

m

LA9-Z11099LA9-Z11098

LA9-Z32248LA9-Z32249

LA9-Z11101LA9-Z11100

LA9-Z098ppLA9-Z32ppp

LA9-Z11105LA9-Z91413

LA9-Z11102

LA9-Z11100

LA9-Z11104LA9-Z11101

LA9-Z11118 LA9-Z11105

LA9-Z32248LA9-Z32249



(1) For dimensions and rated operational current, see pages 24581/2 and 24581/3.(2) Supplied complete with protective cover.

Accessories for busbar sets with 40 mm pitch

Description Sold Unit Weightin referencelots of kg

Busbar system supports (1) 3-pole 10 LA9-Z11098 1.040

3-pole + N + T 10 LA9-Z11099 1.400

Insulated rails (length 1 m) For busbars, 10 LA9-Z09818 0.420 thickness 5 mm

For busbars, 10 LA9-Z09820 0.940thickness 10 mm

Connector Capacity 35 mm2 50 LA9-Z11103 2.300

Protective cover For connector 1 LA9-Z91413 0.160LA9-Z11103

Side module, 13.5 x 182 mm For increasing the 4 LA9-Z32936 0.472width of the adaptor

Plug-in terminal blocks Width 54 mm 1 LA9-Z32248 0.066for use with LA9-Z32ppp (7-pole)

Width 45 mm 1 LA9-Z32249 0.055

Accessories for busbar sets with 60 mm pitch

Description Sold Unit Weightin referencelots of kg

Busbar system supports (1) 3-pole 10 LA9-Z11100 2.100

3-pole + N 10 LA9-Z11101 2.660

Insulated terminal shroud 3-pole 10 LA9-Z11102 0.310

4-pole 10 LA9-Z11118 0.380

Insulated rails (length 1 m) For busbars, 10 LA9-Z09819 0.800thickness 5 mm

For busbars, 10 LA9-Z09820 0.940thickness 10 mm

Connectors Capacity 70 mm2 25 LA9-Z11104 1.875

3-pole 1 LA9-Z11105 (2) 0.719capacity 120 mm2

Protective cover For connector 1 LA9-Z91413 0.160LA9-Z11104

Plug-in terminal blocks Width 54 mm 1 LA9-Z32248 0.066for use with LA9-Z32ppp (7-pole)

Width 45 mm 1 LA9-Z32249 0.055

References of mounting and cabling accessories




(1) LC = Low Consumption

GV2-ME or P + LCp, LPp-K GV2-ME or P + LCp-D

Motor starter combinations, non-reversing

Motor starter type a b 40 mm system 60 mm system e1c Adaptor c Adaptora c or LC(1) reference a c or LC(1) Other reference

GV2-ME + LC1, LP1 or LP4-K06 to K12 45 152 125 125 LA9-Z32196 – – – – 40

GV2-P + LC1, LP1 or LP4-K06 to K12 45 152 145 145 LA9-Z32196 – – – – 40

GV2-ME + LC1, LP1 or LP4-K06 to K12 45 184 125 125 LA9-Z32228 135 135 – LA9-Z32229 40

GV2-P + LC1, LP1 or LP4-K06 to K12 45 184 145 145 LA9-Z32228 155 155 – LA9-Z32229 40

GV2-ME + LC1-D09 to D18 45 200 139 139 LA9-Z40132 149 149 – LA9-Z60132 40

GV2-P + LC1-D09 to D18 45 200 142 142 LA9-Z40132 152 152 – LA9-Z60132 40







Integral 18 LD1 68 184 – – – – – 195 LA9-Z32343 33

Integral 32 LD1, LD4 68 184 – – – – – 225 LA9-Z32343 33

Integral 63 LD1, LD4 108 244 – – – – – 250 LA9-Z32345 50

GV2-ME + LH4-N1 45 242 – – – – – 163 LA9-Z32238 33

GV2-P + LH4-N1 45 242 – – – – – 163 LA9-Z32238 33

GV2-ME + LH4-N2 90 242 – – – – – 163 LA9-Z32239 33

GV2-P + LH4-N2 90 242 – – – – – 163 LA9-Z32239 33

GV3-ME 72 182 – – – – – 180 LA9-Z32253 50

X electrical clearance Ue ≤ 415 V Ue = 440 V Ue = 500 and 600 VGV2-ME 40 40 40GV2-P 40 80 120Integral 18 or 32 30 20 30Integral 63 20 20 20GV3-ME 40 40 50

Dimensions Motor starters - open versionAdaptors for use with busbar systemsMotor starter combinations for customer assembly




Motor starters - open versionAdaptors for use with busbar systemsMotor starter combinations for customer assembly

(1) LC = Low Consumption

GV2-ME or P + LC2, LP2-K Integral GV2-ME or P + LH4-Npp

Motor starter combinations, reversing

Motor starter type a b 40 mm system 60 mm system e1c Adaptor c Adaptora c or LC(1) reference a c or LC(1) LD5 reference

GV2-ME + LC2, LP2-K06 to K12 90 150 125 125 LA9-Z32232 – – – – 40

GV2-P + LC2, LP2-K06 to K12 90 150 145 145 LA9-Z32232 – – – – 40

GV2-ME + LC2, LP2-K06 to K12 90 184 – – – 135 135 – LA9-Z32210 40

GV2-P + LC2, LP2-K06 to K12 90 184 – – – 155 155 – LA9-Z32210 40



GV2-ME +LC2-D25 to D38 90 200 146 146 LA9-Z40232 156 156 – LA9-Z60232 40






GV2-ME + LP5-K06 to K12 90 150 – 125 LA9-Z32232 – – – – 40

GV2-P + LP5-K06 to K12 90 150 – 145 LA9-Z32232 – – – – 40

GV2-ME + LP5, K06 to K12 90 184 – – – – 135 – LA9-Z32210 40

GV2-P + LP5, K06 and K12 90 184 – – – – 155 – LA9-Z32210 40

Integral 18 LD5 135 184 – – – – – 195 LA9-Z32344 33

Integral 32 LD5 135 184 – – – – – 195 LA9-Z32344 33

Dimensions



0243Q-EN_Ver2.22.fm/2 Schneider Electric

General selection guide TeSys enclosed starters 2

Applications D.O.L. starters

Type Standard starters Starters for safetyapplications

Standard power ratings 4…37 kW 0.06…45 kW 0.55…30 kW 0.37…5.5 kW 0.25…45 kW 2.2…45 kW 0.06…11 kWof 3-phase motors in AC-3 400/415 V

Starters

Manual p p p – – – p

Auto – – – p p p –

Isolation

Switch p – – – – – –

Circuit-breaker – p p p – – p

Disconnector – – – – – p –

Protection

Short-circuit – p p p – p p

Overload – p p p p p p

Communication – – – – – – –

References VpF GV2-ME GV2-LC LE1-GVME LE1-M LE4-K GV2-ME

Non reversing VCFN GV3-CE GV-NGC LE1-D LE4-D

VpFX

Reversing– – – – LE2-K LE8-K

LE8-D

LE2-D

–

LE2-D

Pages 23008/2 and 23008/3

80263/2 and 80263/3

24110/2 24111/2 24101/2, 24101/3 and 24105/2

24103/2 and 24103/3

21058/2 and 21058/3

(1) Please consult your Regional Sales Office.

0243Q-EN_Ver2.22.fm/3Schneider Electric

2

Soft start units Variable speed controllers

AS-i bus Standard Electronicstarters star-delta soft start -

starters soft stop units

0.06…9 kW 0.06…9 kW 0.06…5.5 kW 5.5… 7.5… 0.37…11 kW 0.37…4 kW 0.75…75 kW132 kW 75 kW

– – – – – p (LH7-0M) p p

p p p p p p (LH7-KP) p p

p – – – – – p p (from 7.5 kW)

p p p – – p – p (up to 5.5 kW)

– – – – p – – –

p p p – p p p p

p p p p p p p p

– – p – – – – p

LG1-K LG7-K LF1-M LE3-K LE6-D LH7-0 ATV-28E ATV-58E

LG1-D LG7-D LF1-P LE3-D LE3-D LH7-K

LJ7-K LF7-P LE3-F(1)

– LG8-K LF2-M – – – ATV-28E ATV-58E

LJ8-K LF2-P

LF8-P

24026/3 24026/2 and 24026/4,26044/2 and 26044/3

24084/2 to 24088/3

24106/2 and 24106/3

24108/2 and24108/3

24073/2 and 24073/3

(1)


Enclosed starters 2

VARIO enclosed switch disconnectors, pre-assembled

- 3-pole switch disconnectors, 10 to 140 A, rotary operator, conforming to IEC 947-4-1 and IEC 204.- Padlockable handle (padlocks not included).- IP 65 degree of protection enclosure, lead sealable and lockable.- Lockable cover in position “I” (ON) up to 63 A rating.- Marking on front plate

3-pole main and emergency stop switch disconnectors (1)

- 3-pole switch disconnectors, 10 to 32 A, rotary operator, conforming to IEC 947-4-1.- Degree of protection IP 55.

3-pole main and emergency stop switch disconnectors (1)

(1) For characteristics of switch disconnectors, please consult your Regional Sales Office.(2) For VCF and VBF enclosures, see page 23009/2. For VCFN enclosures, see page 23009/3.

Enclosed switch disconnectors for high performance applications

Operator Ithe Power Incorp- Possible Reference WeightHandle Front plate AC-23 orated attach-

Dimensions at 400 V switch ments body (2)

mm A kW kg

Red Yellow 10 4 V02 2 VCF-02GE 0.500Padlockable, 60 x 60up to 3 locks 16 5.5 V01 2 VCF-01GE 0.500(Ø 4 to 8 shank)

20 7.5 V0 2 VCF-0GE 0.500

25 11 V1 2 VCF-1GE 0.500

32 15 V2 2 VCF-2GE 0.500

50 22 V3 3 VCF-3GE 0.930

63 30 V4 3 VCF-4GE 0.930

Red cross Yellow 100 37 V5 1 VCF-5GE 2.190type 90 x 90Padlockable,up to 3 locks 140 45 V6 1 VCF-6GE 2.190(Ø 4 to 8 shank)

3-pole main stop switch disconnectors (1)

Black Black 10 4 V02 2 VBF-02GE 0.500Padlockable, 60 x 60up to 3 locks 16 5.5 V01 2 VBF-01GE 0.500(Ø 4 to 8 shank)

20 7.5 V0 2 VBF-0GE 0.500

25 11 V1 2 VBF-1GE 0.500

32 15 V2 2 VBF-2GE 0.500

50 22 V3 3 VBF-3GE 0.930

63 30 V4 3 VBF-4GE 0.930

Black cross Black 100 37 V5 4 VBF-5GE 2.190type 90 x 90Padlockable,up to 3 locks 140 45 V6 4 VBF-6GE 2.190(Ø 4 to 8 shank)

Enclosed switch disconnectors for standard applications

Red Yellow 10 4 VN-12 2 VCFN-12GE (2) 0.422Padlockable, 60 x 60either by 1 lock 16 5.5 VN-20 2 VCFN-20GE (2) 0.422(Ø 8 shank)or by 3 locks 20 7.5 V0 0 VCFN-25GE 0.512(Ø 6 shank)

25 11 V1 0 VCFN-32GE 0.512

32 15 V2 0 VCFN-40GE 0.512

References

VCF-0GE

VCF-3GE

VBF-0GE

VCFN-12GE




Enclosed starters 2

VARIO enclosed switch disconnectors, assembled by user

IP 65 enclosure with red padlockable handle operator and yellow front plate (for mounting a main or emergency stop switch disconnector)

(1) See pages 23009/2 and 23009/3.(2) For characteristics of switch disconnectors, please consult your Regional Sales Office.

Empty enclosures

For switch Ithe Possible Reference Weightbody attachments (1)

A kg

VN-12, VN-20 10…32 2 VCFX-GE1 0.340V02…V2

V02…V2 10…32 4 VCFX-GE4 0.660

V3 and V4 50…63 3 VCFX-GE2 0.660

4 VCFX-GDXE 0.660

IP 65 enclosure with black padlockable handle and black front plate (for mounting main stop switch disconnector) For switch Ithe Possible Reference Weightbody attachments (1)

A kg

VN-12, VN-20 10…32 2 VBFX-GE1 0.340V02…V2

V02…V2 10…32 4 VBFX-GE4 0.660

V3 and V4 50…63 3 VBFX-GE2 0.660

4 VBFX-GDXE 0.660

Switch bodies for standard applications (2)

Description Rating Reference WeightA kg

3-pole switch disconnectors 10 VN-12 0.110

16 VN-20 0.110

Switch bodies for high performance applications (2)


3-pole switch disconnectors 10 V02 0.200

16 V01 0.200

20 V0 0.200

25 V1 0.200

32 V2 0.200

50 V3 0.200

63 V4 0.200

References

VBFX-GE2

V0




1 add-on module on each side of the switch body.

2 add-on modules on each side of the switch body.

Note: The add-on modules mounted next to the switch body are main poles. Maximum of 3 main poles per switch body.(1) Late make N/O contact, early break N/C contact

Add-on modules for enclosures VCF and VBF


Main pole module 10 VZ-02 0.050(mounted in enclosure)

16 VZ-01 0.050

20 VZ-0 0.050

25 VZ-1 0.050

32 VZ-2 0.050

50 VZ-3 0.100

63 VZ-4 0.100

Neutral pole modules 10 to 32 VZ-11 0.050with early make andlate break contacts 50 and 63 VZ-12 0.100

100 and 140 VZ-13 0.250

Earthing modules 10 to 32 VZ-14 0.050

50 and 63 VZ-15 0.100

100 and 140 VZ-16 0.250

Auxiliary contact block modules N/O + N/C (1) VZ-7 0.050with 2 auxiliary contacts

N/O + N/O VZ-20 0.050

Maximum number of add-on modules which can be fitted on a switch body

VZ-7 or VZ-20 + V0 + VZ-7 or VZ-20

or or

VZ-11 or VZ-12 +V0

+ VZ-11 or VZ-12

or or

VZ-14 or VZ-15 + to + VZ-14 or VZ-15

orV4

or

VZ-0/VZ-0 to VZ-4 + + VZ-0/VZ-0 to VZ-4

VZ-0 + VZ-0 + V0 + VZ-0 + VZ-7 or VZ-20 or VZ-11 or VZ-14






Enclosed starters 2

VARIO enclosed switch disconnectorsAdd-on modules

References

VZ-11VZ-0

VZ-20VZ-15



Enclosed starters 2

VARIO enclosed switch disconnectorsAdd-on modules

Add-on modules for enclosures VCFN-12GE and 20GE


Main pole module 10 VZN-12 0.020

16 VZN-20 0.020

Neutral pole module with early 10 and 16 VZN-11 0.020make and late break contacts

Earthing module 10 and 16 VZN-14 0.016

Auxiliary contact block module 1 late make N/O contact VZN-05 0.020

1 early break N/C contact VZN-06 0.020

Maximum number of add-on modules which can be fitted on switch body

VZN-12 or VZN-20 + + VZN-12 or VZN-20

VN-12 or

or VZN-11

or VN-20 or

VZN-05 or VZN-06

or

VZN-05 or VZN-06 VZN-14

References

VZN-11

VZN-14

VZN-05



82,5106

131

90

==

c

c1

b

a

= =

H

126

191

190

220

201

=

=

280

Enclosed starters 2

VARIO enclosed switch disconnectors

VCFN-12GE to VCFN-40GE

VCF or VBF-5GE and 6GE

Cable glands: 2 x 16 P top and bottom

VCF or VBF-02GE to 4GEVCFX or VBFX-GE1 to GE4

a b c c1 HVF-02GE to VF-2GE, VFX-GE1 (1) 90 146 85 131 130VF-3GE and VF-4GE (2) 150 170 106 152 164VFX-GE2 and VFX-GE4 (2) 150 170 106 152 164

(1) Cable glands 2 x 16 P top and bottom(2) Cable glands 2 x 16/21/29 P top and bottom

Dimensions




1/

L12/

T1

3/L2

4/T

2

5/L3

6/T

3

222113

14

1314 24

23

1314 22

21

86

162

130

168

180

=

=

220

Enclosed starters 2

VARIO enclosed switch disconnectors, for customer assembly

Empty enclosuresVCFX or VBFX-GDXE

Schemes

Auxiliary contact blocks

Switch disconnectors Main pole Neutral poleenclosed module moduleor switch bodies

VZ-7 VZ-20 VZN-05 VZN-06

Dimensions



GV2-MC

GV2-SN

GV2-E01

GV2-K011

GV2-V01

GV2-MP

GV2-CP

GV2-K04

4


Safety solutions using Preventa 4

Enclosed thermal-magnetic motor circuit breakers model GV2-MEand accessories, assembled by customer

Motor-circuit breakers and accessories: see pages 4/28 and 4/29.The starter consisting of an enclosed motor circuit-breaker GV2-ME conforms to IEC 947-4-1.

Ithe en-

(1) The GV2-MCK04 enclosure has a GV2-K04 mushroom head Stop pushbutton fitted as standard.(2) Supplied with IP 55 sealing kit. For use with GV2-M01.(3) Padlockable in “Off” position using Ø 4 to 8 mm shank padlocks.

Thermal-magnetic motor circuit breakers GV2-ME

GV2- ME01 ME02 ME03 ME04 ME05 ME06 ME07 ME08 ME10 ME14 ME16 ME20 ME21 ME22

closed (A)0.16 0.25 0.4 0.63 1 1.6 2.5 4 6.3 9 13 17 21 23

Enclosures for thermal-magnetic motor circuit breakers GV2-ME

Type Degree of protection Possible attachments Reference Weighton side of GV2-MELeft Right kg

Surface IP 41 1 1 GV2-MC01 0.290mountingDouble,insulated with IP 55 1 1 GV2-MC02 0.300protective or GV2-MCK04 (1) 0.420conductor.Sealable IP 55 for 1 1 GV2-MC03 0.300cover temperature < + 5 °C

Flush IP 41 (front face) 1 1 GV2-MP01 0.115mounting IP 41 (reduced flush mounting) – 1 GV2-MP03 0.115with protective IP 55 (front face) 1 1 GV2-MP02 0.130conductor IP 55 (reduced flush mounting) – 1 GV2-MP04 0.130

Front plate

Description Sold in Unit Weightlots of reference kg

For direct control, through a panel IP 55 1 GV2-CP21 0.800of a chassis-mounted GV2-ME

Accessories common to all enclosures (to be ordered separately)

Padlocking device (2) 1 to 3 padlocks 1 GV2-V01 0.075for GV2-ME operator (padlocking is only Ø 4 to 8 mmpossible in “O” position)

Mushroom Spring return (2) 1 GV2-K011 0.052head“Stop” Latching (2) Key release 1 GV2-K021 0.160pushbutton IP 55 key n° 455Ø 40 mm,red Turn to 1 GV2-K031 0.115

release 1 GV2-K04 (3) 0.120

Sealing kit For enclosures IP 55 10 GV2-E01 0.012and front plate IP 55

for θ < + 5 °C 10 GV2-E02 0.012

Neutral terminal 100 AB1-VV635UBL 0.015

Partition 50 AB1-AC6BL 0.003Description Voltage Colour Sold in Unit Weight

V lots of reference kg

Neon 110 Green 10 GV2-SN13 0.019indicator Red 10 GV2-SN14 0.019light Orange 10 GV2-SN15 0.019

Clear 10 GV2-SN17 0.019220/240 Green 10 GV2-SN23 0.019

Red 10 GV2-SN24 0.019Orange 10 GV2-SN25 0.019Clear 10 GV2-SN27 0.019

380/440 Green 10 GV2-SN33 0.019Red 10 GV2-SN34 0.019Orange 10 GV2-SN35 0.019Clear 10 GV2-SN37 0.019

References




147

84

145,5

(1) 2xØ5,3x6,3

=

130

==

=93

147

84

(1)

93 =

130

==

=

1...4

12

76

93

7,5

118

21

133

= =62

11,5

1...6

a12

140

=12

7=

= 93,5 =

106,5

71

936,5

117

133

71

= =

9,5


Enclosed thermal-magnetic motor circuit breakers model GV2-ME

Surface mounting enclosure GV2-MCK04

Flush mounting enclosures GV2-MP0 (panel cut-out)

Surface mounting enclosures GV2-MC0

(1) 4 knock-outs for 16 mm plastic cable gland or 16 mm conduit.

(1) 4 knock-outs for 16 mm plastic cable gland or 16 mm conduit.

GV2-MP0 GV2-MP01, MP02 GV2-MP03, MP04 Front plate GV2-CP21

GV2- aMP01, MP02 –MP03, MP04 86

Dimensions,mounting


2/T

1

4/T

2

6/T

3

1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

1314 12

11 1314 22

21 1314

2324

9798

535452

51

969553

549695

9798

5152

(62) 32

(61) 31 43 (73)

44 (74)

(64) 34

(63) 33 43 (73)

44 (74)

050608

D1

D2

C1

C2

D1

D2

E1

E2

2/T

1

4/T

2

6/T

3

1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

D1

D2

E2

E1

GV2-ME


Side mounting add-on blocksFault signalling + instantaneous auxiliary contacts

Undervoltage and shunt trips

Wiring diagram for undervoltage trip used on potentially dangerous machines, conforming to INRS

Front mounting add-on blocks

GV-AE1 GV-AE11 GV-AE20

GV-AD0110 GV-AD0101 GV-AD1010 GV-AD1001

Instantaneous auxiliary contacts Short-circuit signalling contactsGV-AN11 GV-AN20 GV-AM11

GV-AU GV-AS GV-AX

Schemes

or

10 AgG max.


Enclosed thermal-magnetic motor circuit breakers model GV2-ME


(1) Spare part.(2) Characteristics: please consult your Regional Sales Office.(3) Use in association with a contactor is recommended. Warning: operating current in enclosure limited to 30 A.

Metal enclosure

Application Type Degree of protection Reference Weightof enclosure kg

For MCB Surface mounting IP 55 GV3-CE01 2.000up to 30 A with or without accessories

Enclosure accessories (to be ordered separately)

Description Sold in Unit Weightlots of reference kg

Sealing For θ ≥ 5 °C 10 GV1-EA01 0.012membrane (1)

For θ < 5 °C (silicone) 10 GV1-EA02 0.012

IP 55 padlocking device for operators (when padlocked, the 1 GV1-V01 0.044motor circuit breaker is automatically in the “Open” (OFF) position)

Stop pushbutton Spring return 1 GV1-K01 0.052Ø 40 mm, red,mushroom head(supplied with Latching Key release 1 GV1-K02 0.095IP 55 sealing kit) (key n° 45)

Turn 1 GV1-K03 0.052to release

Thermal-magnetic motor circuit breakers

Standard power ratings of 3-phase Rating Asso- Reference Weightmotors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 ciated230 V 400 V 440 V 500 V 660 V fuses240 V 415 V 690 VkW kW kW kW kW A kg

0.18 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.75 1…1.6 (2) GV3-M06 0.6000.25 0.55 0.55 0.55 1.1

0.75

0.37 0.75 0.75 1.1 1.5 1.6…2.5 (2) GV3-M07 0.6001.1

0.55 1.1 1.5 1.5 2.2 2.5…4 (2) GV3-M08 0.6000.75 1.5 2.2 3

1.1 2.2 2.2 3 4 4…6 (2) GV3-M10 0.6003

1.5 3 4 4 5.5 6…10 (2) GV3-M14 0.6002.2 4 5.5 7.5

4 7.5 7.5 9 9 10…16 (2) GV3-M20 0.60011

5.5 9 9 11 15 16…25 (2) GV3-M25 0.60011 11 15 18.5

7.5 15 15 18.5 22 25…40 (2) GV3-M40 (3) 0.7009 18.5 18.5 22 30

22

Enclosed starters and equipmentEnclosed thermal-magnetic motor circuit breakers type GV3-M

References

GV3-CE01



GV1-V01

GV1-K01

GV3-M20



(1) 1 voltage trip OR 1 fault signalling contact to be fitted inside the motor circuit breaker.

Accessories (to be ordered separately)

Description Voltages Reference Weightkg

Voltage trips (1) 110, 120, 127 V 50 Hz GV3-B11 0.070Undervoltage 120, 127 V 60 Hztrips

220, 240 V 50 Hz GV3-B22 0.070240, 277 V 60 Hz

380, 415 V 50 Hz GV3-B38 0.070480 V 60 Hz

Voltage trips 110, 120, 127 V 50 Hz GV3-D11 0.070Shunt trips 120, 127 V 60 Hz

220, 240 V 50 Hz GV3-D22 0.070240, 277 V 60 Hz

380, 415 V 50 Hz GV3-D38 0.070480 V 60 Hz

Description Normal early break Sold in Unit Weighttype contacts lots of reference kg

Instantaneous N/C + N/O 1 GV1-A01 0.060auxiliarycontactblocks(1 per breaker) N/O + N/O 1 GV1-A02 0.060

N/C + N/O + N/O 1 GV1-A03 0.070

N/O + N/O + N/O 1 GV1-A05 0.070

N/O + N/O + 2 spare volt free terminals 1 GV1-A06 0.070

N/C + N/O + 2 spare volt free terminals 1 GV1-A07 0.070

Fault N/C 1 GV3-A08 0.030signallingcontacts (1)

N/O 1 GV3-A09 0.030

Padlocking – 5 GV1-V02 0.010devicefor Start button (on bare product)

Other versions Voltage trips from 24 to 690 V 50 or 60 Hz.Please consult your Regional Sales Office.

References

GV3-Bpp

GV1-A01



Surface mounting enclosure GV3-CE01

(1) 1 x 21 mm and 1 x 37.5 mm blanking plugs for cable entries(2) 1 x 21 mm and 2 x 37.5 mm blanking plugs for cable entries

Dimensions Enclosed starters and equipmentEnclosed thermal-magnetic motor circuit breakers type GV3-M

References :pages 21036/2 and 21036/3


GV3-M

Auxiliary contact blocks

Fault signalling contacts

Voltage trips

Motor circuit breakers

GV1-A01 GV1-A02 GV1-A03 GV1-A05 GV1-A06 GV1-A07

GV3-A08 GV3-A09

GV3-B GV3-D


Schemes



TeSys enclosed starters 2

D.O.L. starters with manual control,with magnetic circuit breaker, 0.55 to 30 kW

Control by black rotary handle, padlockable in Off position (up to 3 padlocks with Ø 8 shank, to be ordered separately)

Starters with control by red rotary handle on yellow background

Add the letter R to the end of the references selected above. Example: GV2-LC0206 becomes GV2-LC0206R.

Enclosure without circuit-breaker, with rotary handle mounted on cover

(1) Circuit-breaker characteristics: - GV2-L see pages 24523/2 and 24523/3- NG 125L, product marketed under the Merlin Gerin, brand, please consult your Regional Sales Office.

(2) Avoid placing this material in contact with harsh substances (detergents, chlorinated solvents, ketones, alcohol,aromatic hydrocarbons).

Characteristics (1)

Conforming to standards IEC 947-4, IEC 439-1, VDE 0660-102 and EN 60947Degree of protection to IEC 529 IP 657Operational voltage Ue GV2-LC: 690 V, GV-NGC: 500 VMaterial Polycarbonate (2)

References

Rating Breaking capacity Icu Magnetic Reference WeightIn conforming to IEC 947-2 tripping

220 400 current230 V 415 V 440 V 500 V Id ± 20 %

A kA kA kA kA A kg

1.6 100 100 100 100 13 In GV2-LC0206 0.780

2.5 100 100 100 100 13 In GV2-LC0207 0.780

4 100 100 100 100 13 In GV2-LC0208 0.780

6.3 100 100 100 100 13 In GV2-LC0210 0.780

10 100 100 20 10 13 In GV2-LC0214 0.780

14 100 50 20 10 13 In GV2-LC0216 0.780

18 100 50 20 10 13 In GV2-LC0220 0.780

25 100 50 30 15 12 In GV-NGC0225 2.450

32 100 50 30 15 12 In GV-NGC0232 2.450

40 100 50 30 15 12 In GV-NGC0240 2.450

50 100 50 30 15 12 In GV-NGC0250 2.450

63 100 50 30 15 12 In GV-NGC0263 2.450

Variant


Black rotary handle 1.6…18 GV2-LC02 0.300

25…63 GV-NGC02 0.550

Red rotary handle 1.6…18 GV2-LC02R 0.300on yellow background

25…63 GV-NGC02R 0.550

Characteristics, references

GV2-LC02

GV2-LC02

GV-NGC02




348

330

==

=167

237 186,3

=

2/T

1

4/T

2

6/T

3

1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

120

173

166

15065

==

=

88

=


D.O.L. starters with manual control,with magnetic circuit-breaker. 0.55 to 30 kW

Dimensions

Knock-outs or blanking plugs for cable glands

Scheme

GV2-LC0206 to LC0220 GV-NGC0225 to NGC0263

Type of enclosure At top At bottomPG ISO PG ISO

GV2-LC 2 x 13 to 2 x 16 2 x 20 I 2 x 13 or 2 x 16 2 x 20 I

GV-NGC 2 x 13 or 2 x 16 or 2 x 20 I or 2 x 25 I or 2 x 13 or 2 x 16 or 2 x 20 I or 2 x 25 I or2 x 21 or 2 x 29 2 x 32 I or 2 x 40 I 2 x 21 or 2 x 29 2 x 32 I or 2 x 40 I

Dimensions, scheme




D.O.L. starters for motor control (1)

2.2 to 45 kW, without isolating device

Non-reversing starters

(1) Protection must be provided by addition of an overload relay, to be ordered separately, see pages 24514/2 and 24514/3.(2) Avoid placing this material in contact with harsh substances (detergents, chlorinated solvents, ketones, alcohol,aromatic hydrocarbons).(3) Standard control circuit voltages.

Other voltages: please consult your Regional Sales Office. (4) Selection according to the number of operating cycles, please consult your Regional Sales Office.

Characteristics

Conforming to standards IEC 947-4-1 and IEC 439-1, VDE 0660-102, EN 60947

Degree of protection to IEC 529 IP 659: LE2-K, IP 657: LE-D09 to D35 and IP 557: LE-D405 to D955

Ambient air temperature For operation: - 5 to + 40 °C

Operating positions Identical to positions for contactors

Material Polycarbonate (2): LE2-K and LE-D09 to D35. Sheet steel: LE-D405 to D955

References

Standard power ratings of 3-phase Maximum Basic reference. Weightmotors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 current Complete with code220 V 380 V 660 V I the indicating control Standard230 V 400 V 415 V 440 V 500 V 690 V up to circuit voltage (3) voltageskW kW kW kW kW kW A kg

2.2 4 4 4 5.5 5.5 9 LE1-D09 F7 P7 V7 0.920

3 5.5 5.5 5.5 7.5 7.5 12 LE1-D12 F7 P7 V7 0.920

4 7.5 9 9 10 10 18 LE1-D18 F7 P7 V7 1.015

5.5 11 11 11 15 15 25 LE1-D25 F7 P7 V7 1.015

7.5 15 15 15 18.5 18.5 35 LE1-D35 F7 P7 V7 4.320

11 18.5 22 22 22 30 40 LE1-D405 F7 P7 V7 4.820

15 22 25 30 30 33 50 LE1-D505 F7 P7 V7 4.850

18.5 30 37 37 37 37 65 LE1-D655 F7 P7 V7 4.850

22 37 45 45 55 45 80 LE1-D805 F7 P7 V7 5.140

25 45 45 45 55 45 95 LE1-D955 F7 P7 V7 5.440

Reversing starters

1.5 2.2 2.2 3 – – 6 LE2-K065 F7 P7 V7 1.080

2.2 4 4 4 – – 9 LE2-K095 F7 P7 V7 1.080or LE2-D09 (4) F7 P7 V7 2.100

– – – – 5.5 5.5 9 LE2-D09 F7 P7 V7 2.100

3 5.5 5.5 5.5 7.5 7.5 12 LE2-D12 F7 P7 V7 2.100

4 7.5 9 9 10 10 18 LE2-D18 F7 P7 V7 2.410

5.5 11 11 11 15 15 25 LE2-D25 F7 P7 V7 2.570

7.5 15 15 15 18.5 18.5 35 LE2-D35 F7 P7 V7 4.100

11 18.5 22 22 22 30 40 LE2-D405 F7 P7 V7 5.270

15 22 25 30 30 33 50 LE2-D505 F7 P7 V7 5.470

18.5 30 37 37 37 37 65 LE2-D655 F7 P7 V7 5.470

22 37 45 45 55 45 80 LE2-D805 F7 P7 V7 6.700

25 45 45 45 55 45 95 LE2-D955 F7 P7 V7 7.000

LE1-D12

8101

7381

0174

LE2-D12

Volts 50/60 Hz 24 42 48 110 115 220 230 240 380 400 415 440LE2-K B7 D7 E7 F7 – M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7LE1, LE2-D B7 D7 E7 F7 FE7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7

Characteristics,references





D.O.L. starters for motor control (1)

2.2 to 45 kW, without isolating device

Standard versions comprise:

1 red Stop/Reset button “O”

(1) See previous page.(2) Example: LE1-D09F7A04.

Description

For non-reversing starters: 1 green Start button “I”,1 red Stop/Reset button “O”.

For reversing starters:- LE2-K: 1 Start button ,

1 Start button ,1 red Stop/Reset button.

- LE2-D09 to D35: 1 2-position spring return selector switch “I”-“II”,1 red Stop/Reset button “O”.

- LE2-D405 to D955: 1 blue Reset button “R”.

Variants (pre-assembled)

Description Application Suffix to beadded to the starter reference (2)

No pushbuttons on cover LE1-D09…D955 A04LE2-D09…D955

1 green Start button “I” LE2-D405…D955 A111 green Start button “II”

1 blue Reset button “R” LE1-D09…D955 A05LE2-K06 and K09LE2-D09…D35

1 3-position stay put selector switch (“I”-“O”-“II”) LE1-D09…D35 A09(“I”: Automatic Start; “O”: Stop; “II”: Manual Start)1 blue Reset button “R”

1 2-position stay put selector switch “O”-“I” LE1-D09…D35 A13(“O”: Stop; “I”: Manual Start)1 blue Reset button “R”

1 3-position stay put selector switch “O”-“I” with LE1-D09…D35 A35spring return to centre position (“I”: Manual start; “O”: Stop, stay put)1 blue Reset button “R”

1 neutral terminal LE1-D09…D955 A59Fitted as standard on LE1 and LE2-D18 to D955 LE2-K06 and K09starters ordered with 220 V (M7), 230 V (P7) LE2-D09…D955or 240 V (U7) control supply

LE1-D12A04

8101

75

LE1-D12A05

8101

76

LE1-D12A09

8101

77

LE1-D12A13

8101

78

LE1-D12A35

8101

78

Accessory (for customer assembly)


Start pushbutton latching device LE1-D405…D955 LA9-D09907 0.060for stay put operation(Start-Stop)

Other versions Possible combinations of 2 variants.Please consult your Regional Sales Office.

References



287

c1 =

367

= 22519

5=

=

146

120

84

175

150

165

19

c1

307

=

257

= 165

165

==

c1

166

150

==

=

88

=c1

183

= =

101

201

c1

312

=

181

= 105

195

==

LE2-D405 to D655


LE1-D09 and D12 LE1-D18 to D35 LE1-D405 to D655LE2-D09 to D35

c1 c1 c1LE1-D LE2-D

Standard version 128.5 Standard version 153.5 160 Standard version 161Version A04 120 Version A04 145 145 Version A04 150Version A05 128.5 Version A05 153.5 153.5 Version A05 161Version A09 135 Version A09 160 –Version A13 135 Version A13 160 –Version A35 135 Version A35 160 –LE2-K06 and K09

LE1-D805 and D955 LE2-D805 and D955

c1 c1LE1-D LE2-D

Standard version 176 176 Standard version 194Version A04 165 165 Version A04 190Version A05 176 – Version A05 194Version A11 – 176


LE1-D09 and D12 2 x 13 or 2 x 16 2 x 20 I 2 x 13 or 2 x 16 2 x 20 I

LE1-D18 to D35 and LE2-D09 to D35 2 x 16 or 2 x 21 2 x 20 I or 2 x 25 I 2 x 16 or 2 x 21 2 x 20 I or 2 x 25 I

LE2-D405 1 x 13 and 1 x 21 1 x 20 I and 1 x 25 I 1 x 13 and 2 x 21 1 x 20 I and 2 x 25 I

LE1-D405 to D655 and LE2-D505 and D655 1 x 13 and 1 x 29 1 x 20 I and 1 x 32 I 1 x 13 and 2 x 29 1 x 20 I and 2 x 32 I

LE1 or LE2-D805 and D955 1 x 13 and 1 x 36 1 x 20 I and 1 x 40 I 1 x 13 and 2 x 36 1 x 20 I and 2 x 40 I

LE2-K 2 x 13 and 2 x 16 4 x 20 I 2 x 13 and 2 x 16 4 x 20 I


D.O.L. starters for motor control2.2 to 45 kW, without isolating device

Dimensions

References : pages 24101/2 and

24101/3Schemes :

page 24101/3


– KM1 – KM2

L1 L2 L3

U V W

– KM2

A

B

– KM1

– KM2– KM1

– KM2 – KM1

A1

A2

A1

A2

O

B

– KM2– KM1

– KM2 – KM1

A1

A2

A1

A2

A

R

– KM1 – KM2

L1 L2 L3

U V W

L1 L2

– KM1

U V WL3

B

A

A1

A2

– KM1

– KM1

O

I

1314

2122

A

O

l – KM1

B

A1

A2

– KM1

A1

A2

– KM1

– KM2

– KM2

A

A1

A2

– KM2

– KM1

B

– KM1

– S1III

– KM2

A1

A2

– KM1

2122

– KM2

A

O

A1

A2

– KM2

– KM1

B

R

l l l

– KM1

LE1-D09 to D955 LE1-D09 to D955 Variant A04 or A05

LE2-K06, K09 LE2-K06, K09 Variant A05

LE2-D09 to D955 LE2-D09 to D35 LE2-D405 to D955LE2-D09 to D955 with variants A04 or A05

Connections A B220 V, 230 V, 240 V LE2-K, LE1 and LE2-D09 and D12 L3 Neutral

LE1 and LE2-D18 to D955 L3 Neutral terminal380 V, 400 V, 415 V, 440 V All products L3 L1Other voltages LE1 and LE2-D09 to D35 Terminal 1 Terminal 2

LE2-K, LE1 and LE2-D405 and D955 Direct connection


D.O.L. starters for motor control2.2 to 45 kW, without isolating device

Schemes


24101/3Dimensions :

page 24102/2

Remote control

Remote control

Remote control



D.O.L. starters for motor control (1)2.2 to 45 kW, with isolating device


Reversing starters

(1) Protection must be provided by addition of an overload relay, to be ordered separately, see pages 24514/2 and 24514/3.(2) Avoid placing this material in contact with harsh substances (detergents, chlorinated solvents, ketones, alcohol,aromatic hydrocarbons).(3) Standard control circuit voltages.

Other voltages : please consult your Regional Sales Office.(4) Selection according to dimensions and number of operating cycles, please consult your Regional Sales Office.(5) Supplied with 3 cable entries.

Characteristics


Degree of protection to IEC 529 IP 659 : LE-K, IP 657 : LE-D09 to D35 and IP 55 : LE-D406 to D806

Ambient air temperature For operation : - 5 to + 40 °C


Material Polycarbonate (2) : LE-K and LE-D09 to D35. Sheet steel : LE-D406 to D806

References

Standard power ratings of 3-phase Current Fuses Basic reference. Weightmotors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 I the to be fitted by Complete with code 220 V 380 V 660 V max. the customer indicating control Standard230 V 400 V 415 V 440 V 500 V 690 V up to Size Type aM circuit voltage (3) voltageskW kW kW kW kW kW A A kg

1.5 2.2 2.2 3 – – 6 10 x 38 10 LE4-K065 F7 P7 V7 1.4502.2 4 4 4 – – 9 10 x 38 12 LE4-K095 F7 P7 V7 1.450

or LE4-D09 (4) F7 P7 V7 1.960

2.2 4 4 4 5.5 – 9 10 x 38 12 LE4-D09 F7 P7 V7 1.960

3 5.5 5.5 5.5 7.5 – 12 10 x 38 16 LE4-D12 F7 P7 V7 1.960

4 7.5 9 9 10 – 18 10 x 38 20 LE4-D18 F7 P7 V7 2.200

5.5 11 11 11 15 – 25 10 x 38 25 LE4-D25 F7 P7 V7 2.200

7.5 15 15 15 18.5 18.5 35 14 x 51 32 LE4-D35 F7 P7 V7 5.190

11 18.5 22 22 22 30 40 14 x 51 40 LE4-D406 F7 P7 V7 5.770

15 22 25 30 30 33 50 22 x 58 63 LE4-D506 F7 P7 V7 6.440

18.5 30 37 37 37 37 65 22 x 58 80 LE4-D656 F7 P7 V7 6.670

22 37 45 45 55 45 80 22 x 58 80 LE4-D806 (5) F7 P7 V7 7.100

1.5 2.2 2.2 3 – – 6 10 x 38 10 LE8-K065 F7 P7 V7 1.6002.2 4 4 4 – – 9 10 x 38 12 LE8-K095 F7 P7 V7 1.600

or LE8-D09 (4) F7 P7 V7 3.550

– – – – 5.5 – 9 10 x 38 12 LE8-D09 F7 P7 V7 3.550

3 5.5 5.5 5.5 7.5 – 12 10 x 38 16 LE8-D12 F7 P7 V7 3.550

4 7.5 9 9 10 – 18 10 x 38 20 LE8-D18 F7 P7 V7 3.700

5.5 11 11 11 15 – 25 10 x 38 25 LE8-D25 F7 P7 V7 4.670

7.5 15 15 15 18.5 18.5 35 14 x 51 32 LE8-D35 F7 P7 V7 5.800

11 18.5 22 22 22 30 40 14 x 51 40 LE2-D406 F7 P7 V7 14.170

15 22 25 30 30 33 50 22 x 58 63 LE2-D506 F7 P7 V7 14.700

18.5 30 37 37 37 37 65 22 x 58 80 LE2-D656 F7 P7 V7 14.770

22 37 45 45 55 45 80 22 x 58 80 LE2-D806 F7 P7 V7 16.000

Volts 50/60 Hz 24 42 48 110 115 220 230 240 380 400 415 440LE-K B7 D7 E7 F7 – M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7LE-D B7 D7 E7 F7 FE7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7


LE4-D12



LE8-D12



D.O.L. starters for motor control (1)2.2 to 45 kW, with isolating device

Standard versions comprise :

(1) See previous page(2) Example : LE4-D09F7A04.

Description

For non-reversing starters :- LE4-K and LE4-D09 to D656 : 1 green Start button “I”,

1 red Stop/Reset button “O”,

- LE4-D806 : no pushbuttons on cover.

For reversing starters :- LE8-K : 1 Start button ,

1 Start button ,1 red Stop/Reset button,

- LE8-D09 to D35 : 1 2-position spring return selector switch “I” “II”,1 red Stop/Reset button “O”,

- LE2-D406 to D806 : no pushbuttons on cover.

Protection Power circuit Control circuitLE4 and LE8-K 1 3-pole isolating device NoneLE4 and LE8-D09 to D35 1 3-pole isolating device + 1 additional pole LA8-D254LE4 and LE2-D406 to D806 1 3-pole isolating device + 1 circuit-breaker GB2-CB08


Description Application Suffix to beadded to thestarter reference (2)

No pushbuttons on cover LE4-D09…D656 A04LE8-D09…D35

1 green Start button “I” LE2-D406…D806 A111 green Start button “II”1 red Stop/Reset button “O”

1 blue Reset button “R” LE4-D09…D806 A05LE8-K06 and K09LE8-D09…D35LE2-D406…D806

1 neutral terminal LE4-K06 and K09 A59Fitted as standard on starters LE4-D18 to D806, LE4-D09…D806LE8-D18 to D35 and LE4-D406 to D806 LE8-K06 and K09ordered with 220 V (M7), 230 V (P7) and 240 V (U7) LE8-D09…D35control supply LE2-D406…D806

Accessories (for customer assembly)


Start pushbutton latching device LE4-D406…D656 LA9-D09907 0.060for stay put operation(Start-Stop)


References


LE4-D12A04

LE4-D12A05


c1

20 84

17515

0

165

(1)

120

19

31

c1

348

330

==

=

186 31

=

287

c1 =

367

=

31

225

195

==

400

(1)

202

c1

== a-75

a-50

a

a+57,5

350

342,

5

325

==

4xM8x25

31


D.O.L. starters for motor control2.2 to 45 kW, with isolating device

(1) For LE8 only.LE4-D406 to D656

LE2-D406 to D806LE4-D806

(1) + 14 mm with blanking plugs.


LE4-K06 and K09 LE4-D09 to D35LE8-K06 and K09 LE8-D09 to D35

c1 c1LE4-K LE8-K LE4-D LE8-D

Standard version 146 146 Standard version 175.5 182Version A05 – 139 Version A04 167 167

Version A05 175.5 175.5

c1Standard version 201Version A04 190Version A05 201

LE2- aD406, D506, D656 300D806 400

LE4- aD806 400

c1LE2-D LE4-D

Standard version 218 218Version A05 218 218Version A11 – 218


LE4 and LE8-D09 to D35 2 x 13 or 2 x 16 or 2 x 20 I or 2 x 25 I or 2 x 13 or 2 x 16 or 2 x 20 I or 2 x 25 I or2 x 21 or 2 x 29 2 x 32 I or 2 x 40 I 2 x 21 or 2 x 29 2 x 32 I or 2 x 40 I

LE2-D09 to D35 1 x 16 or 2 x 21 2 x 20 I or 2 x 25 I 2 x 16 or 2 x 21 2 x 20 I or 2 x 25 I

LE2-D406 and LE4-D406 1 x 13 and 1 x 21 1 x 20 I and 1 x 25 I 1 x 13 and 2 x 21 1 x 20 I and 2 x 25 I

LE1-D506 to D656 and LE4-D506 and D6561 x 13 and 1 x 29 1 x 20 I and 1 x 32 I 1 x 13 and 2 x 29 1 x 20 I and 2 x 32 I

LE2-D806 and LE4-D806 1 x 13 and 1 x 36 1 x 20 I and 1 x 40 I 1 x 13 and 2 x 36 1 x 20 I and 2 x 40 I

LE4-K, LE8-K 2 x 13 and 2 x 16 4 x 20 I 2 x 13 and 2 x 16 4 x 20 I

Dimensions

References :pages 24103/2 and 24103/

3Schemes :

page 24104/3


– Q1

– KM1 – KM2

L1 L2 L3

U V W

– KM1

O

I

– KM1

A1

A2

A

B

– KM2– KM1

– KM2

– KM2 – KM1

A1

A2

– Q1

– KM1

A1

A2

A

B

O

– KM2– KM1

– KM2 – KM1

A1

A2

A1

A2

R

A

B13

1421

22

O

l – KM1

A2

A1

– KM1

Q1– F1

B

A

Remote control

– Q1

– KM1 – KM2

L1 L2 L3

U V W

A1

A2

– KM1

– KM2

– KM2

A1

A2

– KM2

– KM1

– KM1

Q1Q1

A

B

– S1III

O

A

A1

A2

– KM1

– KM1

1817

Q1Q1

O

I

O

l

A1

A2

– KM1

– KM1

Q1– F1

B

A

– Q1

– KM1

L1 L2 L3

U WV

A1

A2

– KM1

2122

– KM2

– KM2

O

A1

A2

– KM2

– KM1

1314

l

– KM1

1314

l l

Q1– F1

A

B


D.O.L. starters for motor control2.2 to 45 kW, with isolating device

LE4-K06, K09LE4-D09 to D806 LE4-K06, K09 LE4-D09 to D35 LE4-D406 to D656 LE4-D806

LE4-D09 to D656 with variant A04 or A05

LE8-K06, K09 LE8-K06, K09 Variante A05

LE8-D09 to LE2-D806 LE8-D09 to D35 LE2-D406 to D806

Connections A B220 V, 230 V, 240 V LE4 and LE8-K, LE4 and LE8-D09 and D12 L3 Neutral

LE4-D18 to D806, LE8-D18 to D35 and LE2-D406 to D806 L3 Neutral terminal

380 V, 400 V, 415 V, 440 V All products L3 L1Other voltages LE4 and LE8-D09 to D35 Terminal 1 Terminal 2

LE4 and LE2-D406 and D806 Direct connection

Schemes

Remote control

Remote control

References :pages 24103/2 and 24103/

3Dimensions :

page 24104/2



D.O.L. starters for motor control0.25 to 7.5 kW with 3-phase thermal overload relay


Starter LE1-M, combined with short-circuit protection components, provides type 1 or type 2 coordination, depending onthe type of devices used.

The standard version comprises:- 1 green Start button “I”,- 1 red Stop/Reset button “O/R”,- 1 yellow operating indicator.

Control may be pulsed or maintained. An earth terminal and a neutral terminal are provided on the bottom of the enclosure.

(1) Thermal overload relay fitted as standard.(2) The contactor coil is pre-wired between 2 phases of the power circuit

Characteristics

Conforming to standards IEC 947-4-1, IEC 439-1, VDE 0660-102 and EN 60947

Degree of protection to IEC 529 IP 65


Operating positions Identical to those for k contactors

Material Self-extinguishing ABS

References

Standard power ratings Setting range Basic reference. Weightof 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 of thermal overload Complete with code 220 V 380 V relay LR2-K(1) indicating power230 V 240 V 400 V 415 V circuit voltage (2)kW kW kW kW A kg

0.12 0.12 0.25 0.25 0.54…0.8 LE1-M3505 0.600

0.18 0.18 0.37 0.37 0.8…1.2 LE1-M3506 0.600

0.25 0.25 0.55 0.55 1.2…1.8 LE1-M3507 0.600

0.37 0.37 1.1 0.75 1.8…2.6 LE1-M3508 0.600

0.55 0.55 1.5 1.5 2.6…3.7 LE1-M3510 0.600

1.1 0.75 2.2 2.2 3.7…5.5 LE1-M3512 0.600

1.5 1.1 3 3 5.5…8 LE1-M3514 0.600

2.2 2.2 4 4 8…11.5 LE1-M3516 0.600

3 3 5.5 5.5 10…14 LE1-M3521 0.600

3.7 4 7.5 7.5 12…16 LE1-M3522 0.600

Description

Variant

Starter without Delete the last 2 digits of the starter references selected above.thermal overload relay LR2-K Example: LE1-M35

Spare part

Description Basic reference. Complete Weightwith code indicatingpower circuit voltage (2) kg

Contactor LC1-KA80 0.180

The codes indicated below therefore correspond to the power circuit voltage.Volts 50/60 Hz 24 220 230 240 380 400 415 440Code B7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7Example: 380/400 V 3-phase supply, 4 kW motor: LE1-M35Q716


LE1-M35


Schemes : page 24105/3


78

160

130

(5"1

/8)

108

I

O/R

1

2

3

4

5

6

13

14

A1

A2

2 4 6

L1 L2 L3

Reset/OR

T1 T2 T3

U WV

2 4 6

1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

M

– KM1 I

A

B

1413

O/R

9596

– KM1 – H1

A2

A1

– KM1I

A

B

O

9596

– KM1 – H1

A2

A1

1413

KM1

DimensionsLE1-M35 (1)


(1) Can be mounted on machine panel or frame. Knock-outs for 4 x 13 P cable glands.

Enclosure type At top At bottomPG ISO PG ISO

LE1-M 2 x 13 to 2 x 21 2 x 20 I or 2 x 25 I 2 x 13 to 2 x 21 2 x 20 I or 2 x 25 I

SchemesLE1-M35 Choice of type of control built into the product

Control by Control bylatching spring returnpushbuttons pushbuttons

Connections A B220 V, 230 V, 240 V L3 Neutral380 V, 400 V, 415 V, 440 V L3 L1Other voltages Terminal 1 Terminal 2


D.O.L. starters for motor control0.25 to 7.5 kW with 3-phase thermal overload relay

Dimensions, schemes

References : page 24105/2

or


(1) Avoid placing this material in contact with harsh substances (detergents, chlorinated solvents, ketones, alcohol,aromatic hydrocarbons).(2) Standard control circuit voltages

Other voltages: please consult your Regional Sales Office.(3) Example: LE1-GVME06KF7A59(4) Supplied with IP 55 sealing kit.(5) Padlockable in position “O”, by padlock with Ø 4 to 8 mm shank.

Characteristics

Conforming to standards IEC 947-4-1, IEC 439-1, VDE 0660-102 and EN 60947Degree of protection to IEC 529 IP 55Ambient air temperature For operation: - 5 to + 40 °COperating positions Identical to those for K contactorsMaterial Polycarbonate (1)

References

Standard power ratings of 3-phasemotors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3

Settingrange of

Fixedmagnetic

Basic reference.Complete with code

Weight

400 thermal tripping indicating control230 V 415 V 440 V 500 V 690 V trips current 13 Irth circuit voltage (2)kW kW kW kW kW A A kg

0.18 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.75 1…1.6 22.5 LE1-GVME06K 1.2100.25 0.55 0.55 0.55 1.1

0.75

0.37 0.75 0.75 1.1 1.5 1.6…2.5 33.5 LE1-GVME07K 1.2101.1

0.55 1.1 1.5 1.5 2.2 2.5…4 51 LE1-GVME08K 1.2100.75 1.5 2.2 3

1.1 2.2 2.2 3 4 4…6.3 78 LE1-GVME10K 1.2103

1.5 3 4 4 5.5 6…10 138 LE1-GVME14K 1.2102.2 4 5.5 7.5

2.2 5.5 5.5 7.5 9 9…14 170 LE1-GVME16K 1.2103 7.5 11

Variant

Description Suffix to be added tothe starter reference (3)

Weightkg

Neutral terminal A59 –

Description Reference Weightkg

Enclosure without starter, LE1-GVMEK 0.740with sealing kit fitted(references of combination motor starters forcustomer assembly, see pages 24520/2 and 24520/3)

Accessories (to be ordered separately)

Description Sold inlots of

Unitreference

Weightkg

Padlocking device (4) 1 to 3 padlocks with 1 GV2-V01 0.075for padlocking the Ø 4 to 8 mm shankGV2-ME operator(Padlocking is only possiblein the “O” (Off) position)Mushroom Spring return (4) 1 GV2-K011 0.052head Stopbutton Latching Key release (key n° 455) 1 GV2-K021 0.160Ø 40 mm, (4) IP 55 Turn to release 1 GV2-K031 0.115red 1 GV2-K04 (5) 0.120Sealing IP 55 10 GV2-E01 0.012kit IP 55 for θ < + 5 °C 10 GV2-E02 0.012

Volts 50/60 Hz 24 42 48 110 115 220 230 240 380 400 415 440Code B7 D7 E7 F7 – M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7


D.O.L. starters for motor control 0.37 to 5.5 kW with thermal magnetic circuit-breaker and contactor


LE1-GVMEK

LE1-GVMEK




A1

A2

O

I – KM1

– KM1

– Q1

A

B

Externalcontrol

86

94

183

201

= =

101

A1

A2

O

I – KM1

– KM1

– Q1

A

B

Externalcontrol

86

94

183

201

= =

101

DimensionsLE1-GVMEK

SchemesLE1-GVMEK

Connections A B220 V, 230 V, 240 V L3 Neutral380 V, 400 V, 415 V, 440 V L3 L1Other voltages Terminal 1 Terminal 2


D.O.L. starters for motor control0.37 to 5.5 kW with thermal magnetic circuit-breaker and contactor

Dimensions, schemes


L1 L2 L3

– KM1

– Q1



Star-delta starters5.5 to 132 kW, without isolating device (1)

Maximum operating rate LE 3-K: 12 starts/hour and LE3-D: 30 starts/hour.Maximum starting time: 30 seconds.LE3-D: an LAD-S2 timer imposes a delay of 40 ms ± 15 ms on the delta contactor at the moment of changeover to ensurethat the star contactor has sufficient breaking time.

(1) Protection must be provided by the addition of an overload relay, to be ordered separately. Select appropriateoverload relay for setting at 0.58 of the full load rated motor current, see pages 24514/2 and 24514/3.(2) Avoid placing this material in contact with harsh substances (detergents, chlorinated solvents, ketones, alcohol,aromatic hydrocarbons).(3) Standard control circuit voltages.

Other voltages: please consult your Regional Sales Office. (4) Selection according to dimensions and the number of operating cycles, please consult your Regional Sales Office.

Characteristics


Degree of protection to IEC 529 IP 659: LE3-K, IP 657: LE3-D09 to D35 and IP 557: LE3-D405 to D150



Material Polycarbonate (2): LE3-K and LE3-D09 to D35. Sheet steel: LE3-D405 to D150

References

Standard power ratings Basic reference. Weightof squirrel cage motors Complete with codeMains voltage - delta connection indicating control220 V 380 V 415 V 440 V circuit voltage

400 V (3)kW kW kW kW kg

3 5.5 5.5 5.5 LE3-K065 1.460

4 7.5 7.5 7.5 LE3-K095 1.460

or LE3-D09 (4) 3.650

5.5 11 11 11 LE3-D12 3.650

11 18.5 22 22 LE3-D18 3.750

15 30 30 30 LE3-D35 5.160

18.5 37 37 37 LE3-D405 8.160

30 55 59 59 LE3-D505 8.150

37 75 75 75 LE3-D805 14.000

63 110 110 110 LE3-D115 24.500

75 132 132 147 LE3-D150 24.500

Volts 50/60 Hz 24 42 48 110 115 220 230 240 380 400 415 440LE3-K B7 D7 E7 F7 – M7 P7 U7 – – – –LE3-D B7 D7 E7 F7 FE7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7


LE3-D12





Star-delta starters5.5 to 132 kW, without isolating device

The standard version comprises:

(1) Example: LE3-D09F7A04

Description

- LE3-K and LE3-D09 to D35: 1 green Start button “I” 1 red Stop/Reset button “O”

- LE3-D405 to D150: no pushbuttons on cover.


Description Application Suffix to be addedto the starter reference (1)

No pushbuttons on cover LE3-D09…D35 A04

1 green Start button “I” LE3-D405…D150 A061 red Stop/Reset button “O”

1 blue Reset button “R” LE3-D09…D805 A05

1 neutral terminal LE3-K065 and K095 A59Fitted as standard on starters LE3-D09…D805LE3-D115 and D150

Mechanical interlock LE3-D405 to D150 A64Fitted as standard on starters LE3-K and LE3-D09 to D35


References

LE3-D12A04

LE3-D12A05



c1

348

330

==

=

186

=

84

175

150

146

120

165

19

287

c1 =

367

= 225

195

==

b (1

)

c1

c1 + 15,5

== a - 75

a - 50

a

a + 57,5

b -

50

b +

57,

5

b -

75=

=


Star-delta starters5.5 to 132 kW, without isolating device

LE3-D805 to D150


LE3-K065, K095 LE3-D09 to D35

c1Standard version 175.5Version A04 167Version A05 175.5

LE3-D405 and D505

c1Standard version 190Version A05 194Version A06 194

LE3- a bD805 400 400D1155 500 600D1505 500 600

c1LE3-D805 LE3-D115, D150

Standard version 202 252Version A05 218 –Version A06 218 268



LE3-D09 to D35 2 x 13 or 2 x 16 or 2 x 20 I or 2 x 25 I or 2 x 13 or 2 x 16 or 2 x 20 I or 2 x 25 I or2 x 21 or 2 x 29 2 x 32 I or 2 x 40 I 2 x 21 or 2 x 29 2 x 32 I or 2 x 40 I

LE3-D405 1 x 29 1 x 32 I 1 x 29, 2 x 13 and 2 x 21 1 x 32 I, 2 x 20 I and 2 x 25 I

LE3-D505 1 x 36 1 x 40 I 1 x 36, 2 x 13 and 2 x 29 1 x 40 I, 2 x 20 I and 2 x 32 I

LE3-D805 1 x 36 1 x 40 I 2 x 13 and 3 x 36 2 x 20 I and 3 x 40 I

LE3-K 2 x 13 and 2 x 16 4 x 20 I 2 x 13 and 2 x 16 4 x 20 I

Dimensions

References :pages 24106/2 and

24106/3


A

O

– KM3 – KM2– KM1T

T

– KM1

I

Y

L

A1

A2

A1

A2

A1

A2

A1

A2

– KM1– KM3

– KM2

B

– KM2 – KM3 – KM1

L1 L2 L3

U1

V1

W1

U2

V2

W2

U1

V1

W1

U2

V2

W2

Recommended cabling for reversal of motor rotation (standard motor,viewed from shaftend).

U1

V1

W1

U2

V2

W2

Ð KM2 Ð KM3 Ð KM1

U1

V1

W1

U2

V2

W2

L1 L2 L3

Recommended cabling for reversal of motor rotation (standard motor, viewed from shaft end).

1718

l

A1

A2

– KM1

– KM3

– KM2

– KM1

– KM2

A1

A2

– KA1

A1

A2

– KM2

– KM1

– F2

– KM2

– KM1

A1

A2

– KM3

– KA1

YL

A

B

U1

V1

W1

U2

V2

W2

Ð KM2 Ð KM3 Ð KM1

U1

V1

W1

U2

V2

W2

L1 L2 L3

Recommended cabling for reversal of motor rotation (standard motor, viewed from shaftend).

A1

A2

– KM1

– KM3

– KM2

– KM1

– KM2

A1

A2

– KM3

– KM1

A1

A2

– KM2

– KM2

B

A

O

I

Y

L

A1

A2

– KM1

1718

– KM3

– KM2

– KM1

– KM2

A1

A2

– KM3

– KM1

A1

A2

– KM2

– KM2

B

A

I

Y

L

Note : in accordance with current installation regulations, short-circuit protection must be provided by fuses or a circuit-breaker.

LE3-K065 and K095 LE3-K065 and K095

LE3-D09 to D805 LE3-D09 to D35 LE3-D405 to D805

LE3-D115 and D150 LE3-D115 and D150

Connections A B220 V, 230 V, 240 V LD09 and D12 L3 Neutral

LE3-D18 to D150 L3 Neutral terminal380 V, 400 V, 415 V, 440 V All products L3 L1Other voltages LE3-D09 to D35 Terminal 1 Terminal 2

LE3-K and LE3-D405 to D150 Direct connection


Start-delta starters5.5 to 132 kW, without isolating device

Schemes

Remotecontrol

Remotecontrol


24106/3Dimensions :

page 24107/2



Star-delta starters (1)

7.5 to 75 kW with isolating device

Maximum operating rate: 30 starts/hour. Maximum starting time: 30 seconds.An LAD-S2 timer imposes a delay of 40 ms ± 15 ms on the delta contactor at the moment of changeover to ensure thatthe star contactor has sufficient breaking time.

(1) Protection must be provided by the addition of an overload relay, to be ordered separately. Select appropriate overloadrelay for setting at 0.58 of the full load rated motor current, see pages 24514/2 and 24514/3.(2) Avoid placing this material in contact with harsh substances (detergents, chlorinated solvents, ketones, alcohol,aromatic hydrocarbons).(3) Standard control circuit voltages.

Other voltages: please consult your Regional Sales Office.

Characteristics


Degree of protection to IEC 529 IP 657: LE6-D09 to D18 and IP 557: LE3-D326 to D806



Material Polycarbonate (2): LE6-D. Sheet steel: LE3-D

References

Standard power ratings Fuses to be fitted Basic reference. Weightof squirrel cage motors by the customer Complete with codeMains voltage - Delta connection Size Type indicating control220 V 380 V 415 V 440 V aM circuit voltage Standard

400 V (3) voltageskW kW kW kW A kg

4 7.5 7.5 7.5 10 x 38 20 LE6-D09 F7 P7 V7 3.900

5.5 11 11 11 10 x 38 25 LE6-D12 F7 P7 V7 3.900

11 18.5 22 22 14 x 51 40 LE6-D18 F7 P7 V7 4.850

15 30 30 30 22 x 58 63 LE6-D326 F7 P7 V7 7.650

18.5 37 37 37 22 x 58 80 LE3-D406 F7 P7 V7 16.900

30 55 59 59 22 x 58 125 LE3-D506 F7 P7 V7 17.000

37 75 75 75 0 160 LE3-D806 F7 P7 V7 27.500

Volts 24 42 48 110 115 220 230 240 380 400 415 44050/60 Hz B7 D7 E7 F7 FE7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7


LE6-D12



:



Star-delta starters7.5 to 75 kW with isolating device

The standard version comprises:

(1) Example: LE6-D09F7A04.

Description

- LE6-D09 to D18: 1 green Start button “I”1 red Stop/Reset button “O”

- LE3-D326 to D806 no pushbuttons on cover

Protection Power circuit Control circuitLE6-D09 and D12 1 3-pole isolating device + 1 additional pole LA8-D254LE6-D18 to LE3-D806 1 3-pole isolating device + 1 circuit breaker GB2-CB08


Description Application Suffix to be added tothe starter reference (1)

No pushbuttons on cover LE6-D09…D18 A04

1 green Start button “I” LE3-D326 to D806 A061 red Stop/Reset button “O”

1 blue Reset button “R” LE6-D09…LE3-D806 A05

1 neutral terminal LE6-D09…D806 A59

Mechanical interlock LE3-D326…D806 A64Fitted as standard on starters LE6-D09 to D18

References

LE6-D12A04

LE6-D12A05



190

367

225

==

=

287

=

31

195c1

348

330

==

=

186 31

=

b (1

)

c1

== a-75

a-50

a

a+57,5

b-50

b+57

,5

b-75

==

4xM8x25

31


Star-delta starters7.5 to 75 kW, with isolating device

LE3-D406 to D806


LE6-D09 to D18 LE3-D326

c1Standard version 175.5Version A04 167Version A05 175.5

LE3- a b c1D406, D506 400 500 218D806 500 700 269



LE6-D09 to D18 2 x 13 or 2 x 16 or 2 x 20 I or 2 x 25 I or 2 x 13 or 2 x 16 or 2 x 20 I or 2 x 25 I or2 x 21 or 2 x 29 2 x 32 I or 2 x 40 I 2 x 21 or 2 x 29 2 x 32 I or 2 x 40 I

LE3-D326 1 x 21 1 x 32 I 2 x 13, 2 x 16 & 1 x 21 2 x 20 I, 2 x 25 I &1 x 32 I

LE3-D406 1 x 29 1 x 32 I 2 x 13, 2 x 21 & 1 x 29 2 x 20 I, 2 x 25 I & 1 x 32 I

LE3-D506 1 x 36 1 x 40 I 2 x 13, 2 x 29 & 1 x 36 1 x 40 I, 2 x 20 I & 2 x 32 I

LE3-D806 1 x 36 1 x 40 I 2 x 13 & 3 x 36 2 x 20 I and 3 x 40 I

Dimensions




A1

A2

– KM1

– KM3

– KM2

– KM1

l

– KM2

A1

A2

– KM3

– KM1

A1

A2

– KM2

– KM2

B

O

A

Q1Q1

A1

A2

– KM1

1314

– KM3

– KM2

– KM1

l

– KM2

A1

A2

– KM3

– KM1

A1

A2

– KM2

– KM2

B

A

Q1– F1

2122

– S1

– KM2

12

34

56

– KM3

12

34

56

– KM1

12

34

56

U1

V1

W1

U2

V2

W2

1 3 5

2 4 6

– Q1

1/L1

2

3/L2

4

5/L3

6 U1

V1

W1

U2

V2

W2

2 4 6

U1

V1

W1

U2

V2

W2

2 4 6

– KM2

12

34

56

– KM3

12

34

56

– KM1

12

34

56

U1

V1

W1

U2

V2

W2

1 3 5

2 4 6

– Q1

1/L1

2

3/L2

4

5/L3

6


Star-delta starters7.5 to 75 kW, with isolating device

Recommended cabling forreversal ofmotor rotation(standard motor,viewed from shaftend).

Recommended cabling forreversal ofmotor rotation(standard motor,viewed from shaftend).

LE6-D09 to D18 LE6-D09 to D18

LE3-D326 to D806 LE3-D326 to D806

Connections A B220 V, 230 V, 240 V LE6-D09 and D12 L3 Neutral

LE6-D18 to LE3-D806 L3 Neutral terminal380 V, 400 V, 415 V, 440 V All products L3 L1Other voltages LE6-D09 to D18 Terminal 1 Terminal 2

LE3-D326 to D806 Direct connection

Schemes

Remotecontrol




References TeSys enclosed starters 2

Replacement parts for starterswithout isolating device

(1) Do not forget to order adaptation kit LAD-9091 or LAD-91810, depending on size.(2) Do not forget to order adaptation kit LAD-9092.(3) Sold in lots of 10.(4) LE1, LE2, LE3, LE4, LE6 or LE8.

Heads for Start and Stop/Reset pushbuttonsDescription For use on Unit

referenceWeight

kg

Flush, green “I” (1) LE1-D09...D35 ZB5-AA331 0.018

Projecting, red “O” (1) LE1-D09...D35 ZB5-AL432 0.019

Adaptation kit for head ZB5-AL432

LE1-D09 and D12 LAD-9091 0.002

LE1-D18...D35 LAD-91810 0.003

Heads for Reset pushbuttons

Flush, blue “R” (2) LE1-D09...D35 ZB5-AA0 0.022

+ ZBA-639 (3) 0.001

Adaptation kit for head ZB5-AA0 + ZBA-639

LE1-D09 and D12 LAD-9092 0.002

LE1 or LE2-D18...D35 LAD-91810 0.003

LE3, LE6, LE4 or LE8-D09...D35

LAD-9T4 0.004

Heads for selector switches

3 position stay put LE1-D09...D35 ZB5-AD3 0.024

2 position stay put LE1-D09...D35 ZB5-AD2 0.024

3 position spring return to centre

LE1-D09...D35 ZB5-AD5 0.024

Contact blocks

1 N/O spring return

LE1-D09...D35 ZEN-L1111 0.010

1 N/C spring return

LE1-D09...D35 ZEN-L1121 0.010

Mounting for contact block LE1-D09 and D12 LAD-90909 0.008

LEp-D18...D35 (4) LAD-91809 0.014

ZB5-AA331

5001

18_

1

ZB5-AL432

500

120_

1

LAD-9091

500

117_

1

ZB5-ADp

5001

19_1

ZEN-L1111

500

121_

1

LAD-91809

5001

22_1


References TeSys enclosed starters 2

Replacement parts for starterswithout isolating device

Empty enclosures for D.O.L. starters without isolating deviceIntended usage Head(s) mounted

on coverReference Weight

kg

LE1-D09, D12 Without DE1-DS1A04 0.300

1 flush blue head “R” DE1-DS1A05 0.300

1 flush green head “I” DE1-DS1 0.3001 projecting red head “O”

1 flush blue head “R”1 switch

DE1-DS1A13 0.300

LE1-D18...D35 Without DE1-DS2A04 0.500

1 flush blue head “R” DE1-DS2A05 0.500

1 flush green head “I” DE1-DS2 0.500

1 projecting red head “O”

1 flush blue head “R”1 switch

DE1-DS2A13 0.500

DE1-DS1A04

8101

75

DE1-DS1A05

810

176

DE1-DS1

810

173

DE1-DS1A13

8101

78

Date post:	25-Oct-2015
Category:	Documents
Upload:	vo-thach-bao
View:	72 times
Download:	3 times

0100 Motor Start Cat En

Documents